arrrt*  Ij?ari  Anttomg 


IWttumt  Jfartlj  (Earolma 


i  g  a  b 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 
in  2013 


http://archive.org/details/prospectusofsacrOOsacr 


U.  I.  O.  G.  D. 


PROSPECTUS 


OF 


arrri*  i§mtt  Arafomy 


AT 


BELMONT 


GASTON  COUNTY,  NORTH  CAROLINA 


CHARLOTTE,  N.  C: 

Queen  City  Printing  Company 

1903 


QJatenbar 


Opening  of  First  Session Second  Thursday  of  September 

Opening  of  Second  Session First  day  of  February 

Annual  Commencement About  the  Middle  of  June 

Feast  of  Our  Lady  of  Mercy September  24th 

Thanksgiving  Da}- November  27th 

Christmas  Holidays — 

Beginning  at  noon,  December  23d,  and  ending  January  2d 

St.  Patrick's  Day March  17th 

St.  Joseph's  Day March  19th 

St.  Benedict's  Day March  21st 

St.  Leo's  Day — Bishop's  Feast  Day April  nth 

Easter  Holidays — 

Beginning  at  noon  on  Wednesday  in  Holy  Week,  and  ending 
on  Easter  Tuesday 
Monday  following  Pentecost  Sunday 


Arafomy  nf  tit?  ^urr^i  2j?art 

/7THIS  INSTITUTION  for  girls  and  young  ladies 

V^   was  erected  in  the  year  1892  by  Rt.  Rev.  Bishop 

Haid.  It  is  advantageously  situated  on  a  small, 
gently  sloping  eminence  between  Belmont  and  Saint 
Mary's  College,  in  Western  North  Carolina. 

It  is  eleven  miles  southwest  of  Charlotte  ;    three 

miles  from  Mt.  Holly,  on  the  Seaboard  Air  Line,  and 
one-half  mile  from  Belmont,  on  the  Southern  Rail- 
way. 

The  Academy  is  a  large,  spacious  building,  with 
high,  airy  rooms,  neatly  furnished;  is  well  lighted, 
and  provided  with  steam  heating,  electricity,  pure 
water  and  all  desirable,  modern  conveniences.     It  is 

sure  to  prove  a  pleasant  and  delightful  home  for 
young  ladies  during  their  term  of  residence. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  extensive  brick  buildings 
have  been  erected.  They  contain  a  magnificent 
chapel,  in  Romanesque  style  of  architecture,  hand- 
somely furnished  dining-rooms,  etc.,  and  the  clois- 
tered apartments  of  the  Community,  all  lighted  by 
electricity  and  heated  by  steam. 

The  climate  in  this  part  of  the  State,  as  it  is  uni- 
versally known  in  the  South,  is  most  delightful  and 
healthful.  The  winter  season  continues  only  for  a 
short  time,  and  never  visits  this  section  with  all  its 
severity.  The  gentle  undulating  land,  and  the  dis- 
tant view  of  historic  King's  Mountain,  afford  a  pleas- 
ant variety,  and  contribute  much  to  the  health  and 
pleasure  of  the  pupils. 

A  short  distance  from  the  Academy  lovely  play- 
grounds are  laid  out  for  recreation  and  exercise.  The 
lawn  tennis  court  and  croquet  grounds  are  surround- 
ed by  tall  pines  and  stately  oaks,  which  shelter  the 

5 


players   from  the  heat  of  the  sun  during  the  early 

summer  season.  Springs  of  ccol,  clear,  healthful 
water  are  found  everywhere  on  the  Academy  grounds, 
some  even  possessing  mineral  qualities. 

The    institution    is    conducted    by    the    Sisters   of 

Mercy,   and  is  under  the   spiritual  direction  of  the 

Benedictine    Fathers    of  St.    Mary's    College.     The 

young  ladies  have  the  opportunity  of  daily  assisting 

at  the   Holy    Sacrifice   of  the    Mass,    in    their   own 

chapel  ;  on  Sundays  and  Festival  Days  they  attend 

the  solemn  services  in  the  Cathedral  Abbey  Church 

at  St.  Mary's.  Here  they  witness  all  the  gorgeous 
magnificence  of  the  ceremonies  which  the  Church 
displays  on  her  Feast  Days;  thus  they  become 
acquainted  with  the  entire  beauty  and  pomp  of  the 
ecclesiastical  ceremonial. 

The  Academy  possesses  a  library  for  the  promo- 
tion of  good  reading,  a  chemical  and  physical  appa- 
ratus, a  mineral  cabinet,  and  a  set  of  anatomical 
charts,  etc.,  for  advanced  students. 

The  Academy  of  the  Sacred  Heart,  fostered  in  the 

same   nursery   as   St.   Mary's   College,   is   to  be  for 

Southern  young  ladies  what  the  College  is  for  boys  ; 

an  institution  which  affords  them  a  higher  education, 

and  lays   the   foundation  of  those  exalted  Christian 

principles  which  are  to  guide  them  in  after  life.  A 
full  course  of  studies  is  given  and  the  greatest  care 
is  bestowed  on  the  moral  and  intellectual,  as  well  as 
the  physical  training  of  the  pupils. 

The  location,  as  well  as  the  high  standing  of  these 
two  institutions,  thus  offer  peculiar  advantages  to 
parents  who  have  both  sons  and  daughters  to  be  edu- 
cated ;  for  both  may  be  visited  at  the  same  time,  and 
the  brothers  and  sisters  have  the  opportunity  of  see- 
ing one  another  every  month  during  the  course  of  the 
Academic  year. 

6 


(general  IKrgulattnna 

i.  The  Academic  year  is  divided  into  two  sessions. 
The  first  begins  on  the  second  Thursday  of  Septem- 
ber, and  ends  on  the  last  day  of  January.  The  sec- 
ond begins  on  the  first  of  February,  and  ends  with 
the  Public  Distribution  of  Premiums  the  Monday 
after  the  second  Tuesday  in  June. 

2.  A  thorough  examination  is  made  of  all  the 
classes  at  the  end  of  each  quarter,  besides  which  a 
monthly  report  is  read  in  the  presence  of  teachers 
and  pupils. 

3.  At  the  close  of  the  first  examination  a  report 
showing  the  proficiency  or  deficiency  of  each  pupil  is 
sent  to  her  parents  or  guardian.  After  the  fourth 
examination  a  public  distribution  of  premiums  takes 
place. 

4.  Those  who  leave  before  the  close  of  the  Schol- 
astic year  will  forfeit  both  rewards  and  promotion. 

5.  A  Gold  Medal  for  polite  deportment  and  ob- 
servance of  rules  is  awarded  in  the  Senior  De- 
partment, and  a  Silver  Medal  in  the  Intermediate  and 
Elementary  classes. 

6.  Gold  Medals  and  Diplomas  are  awarded  to 
those  young  ladies  whose  proficiency  and  deportment 
entitle  them  to  the  Academic  Honors  of  the  Graduat- 
ing Class.  Medals  for  distinction  in  other  depart- 
ments. Honors  will  not  be  conferred  upon  pupils 
whose  debts  to  the  Academy  are  not  paid  before  the 
School  closes.  Six  weeks'  absence  from  class  will 
cancel  first  honors. 

7.  Unremitting  attention  is  given  to  every  branch 
of  Domestic  Economy.  The  time  thus  occupied  is 
not  spent  in  vain,  as  it  enables  the  pupils  to  attend 

7 


wisely  and  faithfully  to  what  is  necessary  to  the  com- 
fort and  happiness  of  home.  A  Gold  Medal  is  given 
for  proficiency. 

8.  Pupils  will  be  received  at  any  time  of  the  year, 

and  on  entering,  each  will  be  placed  in  the  class  for 
which  her  previous  attainments  may  qualify  her. 

9.  Young  ladies  who  contemplate  entering  the 
Academy  will  find  it  to  their  interest  to  be  present  at 
the  beginning  of  the  school  year,  and  have  the  bene- 
fit of  the  examination  to  insure  precise  classification, 
as  well  as  a  claim  to  class  honors  or  rewards  for  that 
Academic  year. 

10.  None  will  be  admitted  for  a  shorter  period  than 

one  term.     Satisfactory  reference  is  required  before 

pupils  are  received.  Payments  must  be  made  by  the 
session,  and  invariably  in  advance. 

11.  No  distinction  is  made  in  the  reception  of  pu- 
pils on  account  of  their  religious  opinions  ;  however, 

for  the  maintenance  of  good  order,  all  will  be  required 
to  conform  to  the  external  discipline  of  the  institution. 

12.  All  letters  sent  or  received  by  pupils  are  sub- 
ject to  the  inspection  of  the  Directress,  and  may  be 
withheld  or  transmitted  to  their  parents,   if  found   to 

contain  untruths,  or  anything  dangerous  to  good 
morals. 

13.  No  one  will  be  permitted  to  have  any  books  or 

publications  not    approved  by  the    Directress.     The 

cultivation  of  the  moral,  no  less  than  the  intellectual 

and  physical  faculties  of  those  under  their  charge,  is 

a  duty  kept  constantly  and  sacredly  in  view  by  the 
Sisters. 

14.  All  mail  and  express  matter  should  be  ad- 
dressed :    Sacred  Heart    Academy,    Belmont,    N.    C. 

All  packages  must  be  prepaid.  Telegrams  should  be 
sent  to  St.  Mary's  Telegraph  Office,  N.  C. 

8 


SHRINE  IN  THE  PINES 


3at  (0hp  grsatnn  of  iFtbp  iflmttln. 


Cash  for  five  months  in  advance  is  strictly  demanded.  Only  in  spe- 
cial cases  will  monthly  payments  be  allowed,  and  even  then  session 
prices  will  be  charged.  The  Academy  is  entirely  dependent  for  its 
support  on  the  fees  paid  for  board,  tuition,  etc.,  which  are  as  follows  : 

Board,  Bed  and  Bedding  and  Tuition  in  all  the  ordinary  English 
branches,  French  and  Latin  ;  also  Lessons  in  Plain  Sewing, 

for  young  ladies,  per  session $75  00 

For  girls  under  twelve  years,  per  session 70  00 

Washing,  per  session 5  00 

German,  per  session 10  00 

Music,  Piano  or  Organ,   per  session 15  00 

Use  of  Piano  or  Organ,  per  session 5  00 

Drawing  and  Water  Color  Painting,  per  session 10  00 

Oil  Painting,  per  session 15  00 

Typewriting  (Remington),  per  session 10  oo 

Graduation  Fee,  per  session 15  00 

Phonography 10  00 

Library  Fee,  per  session 1  50 

Tuition  (Day  Scholars),  per  session 15  00 

Elocution,  Physical  Culture,  Guitar,  Mandolin,  Violin,  at  Pro- 
fessor's charges. 

No  deduction  will  be  made  for  delay  in  returning  at  the  beginning 
of  a  session,  or  absence  after  entering,  except  in  cases  of  dismissal  or 
protracted  sickness. 

Pocket  money,  intended  for  necessary  and  incidental  expenses, 
should  be  deposited  with  the  Directress. 

Remittances  should  be  made  by  Bank  Draft,  Check,  Express  or 
Post-Office  Money  Order  on  Belmont.  Money  sent  in  registered  let- 
ter is  at  the  risk  of  the  sender. 

The  Piano  is  the  only  musical  instrument  furnished  by  the  College. 

Books,  Stationery,  Music,  etc.,  can  be  procured  at  the  institution  at 
current  prices.  Medical  attention  and  medicine  at  physician's 
charges. 

All  communications  should  be  addressed  to  Directress,  Sacred 
Heart  Academy,  Belmont,  Gaston  Co.,  N.  C. 


11 


(Enura?  nf  Jttsirurttmt 


tlrmrntary  m\h  dlumor  9rpartmntt 

Catechism,  Spelling,  Reading,  Penmanship,  Geog- 
raphy, Arithmetic,  English  Grammar,  United  States 
History. 


ilntfrm?fttatr  Bepartmrnt 

.First  an£>  Srrmti)  (Tlaasps 

Orthography,  Reading,  Geograph}',  Bible  History, 
United  States  History,  English  Grammar,  Composi- 
tion, Christian  Doctrine,  American  Literature,  Arith- 
metic. 


Senior  S?p<trtm?nt 

A.  S.  anil  (£.  (Hassrs 

English  Literature,  Rhetoric,  History,  Elocution, 
Composition,  Physics,  Physiology,  Christian  Doctrine, 
Church  History,  Arithmetic,  Algebra,  Geography 
and  use  of  Globes,  Latin,  French. 


(Sraftuatttuj  Separtmrnt 

Evidences  of  Christianity,  General  Literature, 
Prose  and  Poetic  Composition,  Logic,  Physical  Geog- 
raphy, General  History,  Physics,  Chemistry,  Astron- 
omy, Botany,  Geology,  Algebra,  Geometry,  Latin, 
German  or  French. 


12 


iSrrutlattmts  for  iJJardnib? 


Ever}'  pupil  should  be  provided  with  the  following  articles  : 
4  Changes  of  Underwear,  2  Flannel  Skirts  for  Winter, 

4  Night  Dresses,  2  Light   Balmorals   for    Sutnmei 

1  Dressing  Wrapper,  (positively  no  white  underskirts 

1  Dozen  Handkerchiefs,  allowed), 

2  Dresses  of  material  that  will  6  Pairs  of  Hose, 
not  require  washing,                            6  Towels, 

I  Black  Dress  for  Uniform,  2  Pair  of  Shoes, 

1  White  Muslin  Dress.for  com-  1  Pair  of  Overshoes, 
mencement,  1   Parasol, 

2  White  Shirt  Waists  (plain),  1   Clothes  Bag. 

4  Calico  or  Percale  Shirt  Waists,         Everyday    Wrappings  for  Win- 
4  Black  Aprons,  ter  and  Spring. 

2  Balmorals,  for  Winter. 

Each  pupil's  wardrobe  should  be  marked  in  full  and  the  inventory 
affixed  inside  the  trunk.  The  white  and  the  black  bobinet  veils  worn 
by  pupils  when  attending  Chapel  service  will  be  furnished  at  the 
Academy  for  the  sake  of  uniformity. 

Work  Box  or  Basket  furnished  with  scissors,  thimble,  needles, 
thread,  pins,  tape, etc. 

Writing  Desk  or  Portfolio,  containing  stationery,  stamps,  etc. 

No  Jewelry  permitted  except  Pins. 

TABLE  SERVICE. 

One  silver  or  plated  fork  and  spoon,  one  silver  or  glass  goblet,  one 
ivory-handled  knife,  four  napkins,  one  napkin  ring. 

TOILET  SERVICE. 

Comb,  brush,  tooth  and  nail  brushes,  clothes  brush,  (mirror,  op- 
tional), soap,  tooth  powder,  one  large  rug  for  bedside. 

UNIFORM. 

Worn  only  on  Sundays  when  attending  Church  Services. 

Winter. — Black  Dress  without  an}'  colored  trimming,  made  plain. 
Black  cloak  and  black  hat. 

Summer. — Black  skirt,  white  waists,  white  straw  hat. 

COMMENCEMENT  OUTFIT. 

Plain  white  mull  or  lawn  dress,  white  kid  or  silk  gloves,  black 
ribbon  for  hair,  black  hose  and  black  shoes.  Graduates  will  not  be 
permitted  to  depart  from  this  regulation. 

13 


If  ram  1B92  tn  1903 

1S93. 
Mary  Goforth Belmont,  N.  C. 

1895. 

Mary  R.  Taylor Norfolk,  Va. 

Elsie  L.  Hall . Shelby,  N.  C. 

Theodora  Kuker   Florence,  S.  C. 

Mary  C.  Reilly Savannah,  Ga. 

Mary  C.  Applewhite Cronly,  N.  C. 

1896. 
Katherine  Deboy Raleigh,  N.  C. 

1897. 

May  E.  Hall Shelby,  N.  C. 

Maud  Suiter   Savannah,  Ga. 

Cecelia  Ouinlivan Wilmington,  N.  C. 

Margeret  Goforth Belmont,  N.  C. 

1898. 

Minnie  Suiter Savannah,  Ga. 

May  Finley Nashville,   Tenn. 

1899. 
Alice  McKnight Belmont,  N.  C. 

1901. 

Maude  C.  Latta Hickory,  N.  C. 

Sarah  O'Donnell Asheville,  N.  C. 

Katherine  Becker Spartanburg,  S.  C. 

Elizabeth  Rudisail Spartanburg,  S.  C. 

Mary  C.  McAlister Charleston,  S.  C. 

1902. 
Annie  May  Burke Atlanta,  Ga. 

1903. 

Alice  J.  McAlister Charleston,  S.  C. 

Rebecca  Burke   Atlanta,  Ga. 

Marie  Louise  Cobb Charlotte,  N.  C. 


15 


Imperial  Units 

DISCIPLINE. 

i.  Implicit  obedience,  respectful  and  polite  deport- 
ment, shall  be  observed  by  the  Young  Ladies  towards 
the  Sisters,  whom  they  shall  address  by  the  appella- 
tion "Sister." 

2.  Perfect  politeness  is  required  of  the  pupils  in 
their  intercourse  with  one  another.  All  unkind  re- 
marks concerning   families,   religion,   politics,     etc., 

strictly  forbidden  ;    as   are  also   all  slang   phrases, 
separate  recreations,  and  private  parties. 

3.  It  is  forbidden  to  go  to  parts  of  the  house  occu- 
pied by  the  Sisters,  or  when  recreating  on  the 
grounds  to  pass  beyond  the  prescribed  bounds.  Pu- 
pils are  not  allowed  to  take  visitors  to  any  part  of 
the  building. 

4.  It  is  forbidden  to  lend  or  borrow  articles  of 
wearing  apparel,  jewelry,  etc.  Making  presents  not  al- 
lowed unless  with  the  consent  of  Parents  or  Guardians. 
Pupils  are  not  allowed  to  dispose  of  pocket-money, 
without  permission  of  the  Directress. 

5.  Boxes  of  eatables  are  not  allowed,  except  for 
Christmas,  Easter,  and  Thanksgiving  Day. 

6.  Pupils  shall  consider  it  a  point  of  honor  not  to 
receive,  send  or  carry  letters  to  any  person  under 
any  circumstances,  without  the  inspection  of  the  Di- 
rectress. A  violation  of  this  Rule  will  be  publicly 
exposed,  and  receive  usual  punishment. 

7.  Pupils  who  do  not  return  at  the  appointed  time 
after  the  Christmas  and  Easter  holidays,  lose  their 
honors. 

8.  The  Young  Ladies  are  allowed  to  receive  visi- 
tors once  a  month. 

9.  Pupils  will  be  charged  for  any  damage  or 
breakage  of  Furniture,  Books,  etc. 

16 


U.  I.  O.  G.  D. 

ifaurtmttlj  Annual  (Unmnmumnntt 


JJrnijramni? 


Trio — Marche  Des  Pompiers   Watson 

Misses  Mary  Worth,  May  Underwood,  Lottie  Sherrill. 

Chorus   Vaisir 

By  the  School. 

Accompanist Miss  Mary  Worth 

Salutatory    Miss  Nannie  Gary 

Aaiarntng  nf  (Srauuatmg  ijonora 

Piano  Trio — "Grand  Valst  De  Concert" Mattel 

First  Piano — Miss  Hortense  Roueche. 

Second  Piano — Alisses  Mary  Underwood,  Lottie  Sher- 
rill. 

Awarding  of  (Mo  ifflrflals 

Piano  Quartette  Mers 

First  Piano — Misses  Adelaide  Longhran  and  Hortense 
Roueche. 

Second   Piano — Misses    May    Underwood    and      Mary 
Hay  den. 


iSistritmtton  of  Prmtuma 

Valedictory Miss  Maude  McAlister 

Song — Farewell Wiegand 

By  the  Graduates. 

Accompanist Miss  Mary  Worth 

Address  to  the  Pupils — Rt.  Rev.  Leo  Haid,  O.  S.  B.,  D.D. 
Exit  March — Miss  Louise  Alexander. 


(Eflttftrring  nf   Okafcuattttg 


The  Gold  Medal  and  Diploma  were  awarded  to  the 
following  young  ladies: 


Miss  Maude  McAllister 
Miss  Adelaide  Loughran 
Miss  Hortense  Roueche 
Miss  Helen  Ferrall  Maguire 
Miss  Nannie  Gary 


Charleston,  S.  C. 

Asheville,  N.  C. 

Salisbury,  N.  C. 

Littleton,  N.  C. 

Halifax,  N.  C. 


Arafomti:  ijnnnrs 


The  Cardinal's  Gold  Medal  for  Good  Conduct 

Miss  May  Underwood Newton  Grove,  N.  C. 

Donor : 
His    Eminence   James    Cardinal    Gibbons 


The  Syracuse  Gold  Medal  eor  Highest  Average 
Senior  Division 

Miss  Lottie  Sherrill   Asheville,  N.  C. 

Donor: 
Rt.  Rev.  Patrick  Ludden,  D.D.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Next  in  Merit: 
Miss  Imelda  Fleming   Belmont,  N.  C. 

Gold  Medal  For  Highest  Average 
Intermediate  Class 

Miss  Susie  Newbold   Cronly,  N.  C. 

Donor: 
Rev.  Peter  G.  Marion,  Asheville,  N.  C. 

Next  in  Merit: 
Miss  Eunice  Lambert   Asheville,  N.  C. 


Tiiiv  Bishop's  Gold  Medal  for  Domestic  Economy 

Miss  Brown  Wagoner  Thomasville,  N.  C. 

Donor: 
Rt.  Rev.  Leo  Haid,  O.  S.  B.,  D.D. 

Next  in  Merit : 
Miss  Josie  Newbold    Cronly,  N.  C. 


Art  Medal 

Miss  Nannie  Gary   Halifax,  N.  C. 

Donor: 
Miss  Rose  Frauenheim,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 


Certificates  of  Proficiency  in   Stenography  and  Type- 
writing 

Misses   Winifred    Latta,    May   Underwood. 


Pmrnuma 


Glljrifittatt  lEtritonr?a 

First  Premium — Miss  Adelaide  Loughran. 
Second  Premium — Miss  Maude  McAlister,     Miss     Hortense 
Roueche. 

Distinguished 
Miss  Nannie  Gary,  Miss  Helen  F.  Maguire. 

SECOND  CLASS 

Premium 

Miss  May  Underwood 

Distinguished 
Miss  Winifred  Latta. 


ifflrtttal  fhUoaoplfg 

First  Premium — Miss  Adelaide  Loughran. 
Second  Premium — Miss   Louise  Alexander. 

Distinguished 
Misses   Hortense  Roueche,   Maude   McAlister,   Nannie   Gary. 


Premiums  in  Diligence,  Punctuality,  Domestic  Economy, 
Christian  Doctrine  and  various  branches  of  the  English  Course 
were  awarded  to  the  following  young  ladies : 

(graduates 

Misses    Maude    McAlister,      Adelaide    Loughran,      Hortense 

Roueche,   Helen   Ferrall     Maguire,     Nannie     Gary, 

Louise  Alexander. 


< 
X 

o 
g 

g 

5 


Misses   May  Underwood,   Winifred   Latta,     Lottie     Sherrill, 

Imelda    Fleming. 

Distinguished 

Misses   Alary   Hayden,   Genevieve,   Roueche,     Bernice  Kelly, 
Daisy    Sherrill,      Grace   Redmond,     Alice      Sacriste, 
Marguerite  McAlfster,  Georgia  Sprague. 


Sntrrmffttate  anh  Suntora 

Premiums 

Misses  Susie  Xewbold,  Eunice  Lambert,  Josie  Newbold,  Brown 
Wagoner,  Annie  Truckner,  Emma  Brind,  Frances 

Cunningham. 

Distinguished 
Misses   Gladvs   Eaglesfield,   Ethel   Roper. 


honors  ttt  fflmxt 

Premiums 

Misses     Adelaide     Lough  ran.     May     Underwood,     Hortense 
Roueche,  Maude  McAlister. 

Distinguished 
Miss  Louise  Alexander. 

Premiums 
Miss  Alice  Sacriste,  Lottie  Sherrill,  Annie  Truckner. 

Distinguished 
Miss  Eunice  Lambert. 


Horal  iflumr 

Distinguished 
Misses  Hortense  Roneche,  Adelaide  Loughran,  Daisy  Sherrill. 


©U  Painting  ann  Mnttr  (Solars 

Gold  Medal — Miss  Xannie  Gary. 

Premiums 

Misses  Winifred  Latta,     Annie  Truckner,     Imelda  Fleming, 
Genevieve   Roneche,   Frances    Cunningham. 

Distinguished 
Misses  Mary  Hayden,  Grace  Redmond. 


^tenngrapfyn,  ana  (Hynfttttiting 

Certificates 
Misses  Winifred  Latta,  May  Underwood. 

Premium 
Miss  Genevieve  Roneche. 

Distinguished 
Misses  Bernice  Kelly:  Marv  Hayden. 


3Frrnrlj 

Premiums  awarded  to : 

Misses     Maude     McAlister,     Adelaide     Loughran,     Hortense 
Roneche,  Helen  Maguire. 

Distinguished  - 
Misses  Xannie  Garv,  Louise  Alexander. 


iEmbnrifomj 

Premiums  awarded  to : 

Misses  Maude  McAlister,  Nannie  Gary,  Lottie  Sherrill,  Ade- 
laide Loughran,   May  Underwood,   Marguerite   Mc- 
Alister, Frances  Cunningham. 

Distinguished 

Misses  Daisy  Sherrill,  Bernice  Kelly,  Susie  Newbold,  Brown 

Wagoner,    Josie    Newbold,    Grace    Redmond,    Annie 

Truckner,  Eunice  Lambert. 


•plain  ^tiring  anu  larmnxj 

Distinguished 

Misses    Adelaide    Loughran,      Maude    McAlister,      Helen    F\ 
Maguire,      Genevieve    Roueche,      May    Underwood, 
Lottie    Sherrill,      Nannie    Gary,      Hortense 
Roueche,   Winifred   Latta. 


J 
w 

a, 

u 


ArknnutlriigttWttta 


The  Sisters  wish  to  express  thanks  for  innumerable  acts 
of  kindness  from  His  Lordship,  the  Bishop,  and  the  Reverend 
Fathers  of  St.  Mary's  College;  also  for  the  following  dona- 
tions : 

Handsome  Altar  Cloth,  Mrs.  Owen  Willey,  Savannah,  Ga. 
Donation,  $10,  J.  W.  Conway,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

uto  t\}t  Araitemg  lOthrary 

Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents — 10  Vols.,  A  Friend. 

Reports  and  various  Publications. 

Treasurer  and  Interior  Departments,  and  Bureau,  etc. 


£>arrrii  ijrart  (!Druljanan.r 

Splmont,  (gaaton  (Ha.,  N.  <E. 

Under  the  care  of  the  Sisters  of  Mercy. 

This  Asylum  erected  by  Rt.  Rev.  Leo  Haid,  provides  a 
comfortable  home  for  Catholic  orphan  girls  of  the  Vicarate. 

The  children  are  taught  the  ordinary  English  branches;  at 
the  same  time  they  are  prepared  for  future  usefulness,  by  strict 
attention  to  all  household  duties,  sewing,  etc. 

The  Sisters  and  Orphans  express  their  sincere  thanks  to 
their  many  friends  for  their  tokens  of  kindness  during  the  past 
year,  particularly ; 

Rt.  Rev.  Bishop  Leo  Haid,  O.  S.  B.,  D.D. 

Diocesan   Collection    $196  32 

Friends    212  00 

Mr.  W.  T.  O'Brien,  Durham,  N.  C 50  00 

Unknown  friend  through  Rev.  Jno.  J.  Robling,  Bandera, 

Texas    75  25 

OHotfjing 

Mr.  Chas.  A.  Williams,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
Miss  Crowley,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 
Mrs.  N.  McMahon,  Halifax,  N.  C. 
Mrs.  Wm.  T.  O'Brien,  Durham,  N.  C. 
Miss  Lois  Wright,  Portsmouth,  Va. 
Miss  Alice  Wall,  Lynchburg,  Va. 
Mrs.  Freeman,  Goldsboro,  N.  C. 
Mrs.  Frank  Loughran,  Asheville,  N.  C. 
Mrs.  Chas.  A.  Williams,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 


ST.  MARYS  COLLEGE 

FOUNDED  SEPTEMBER,  1878 

BELMONT,  GASTON  COUNTY,  N.  C. 

In  Charge   of    the   Benedidine   Fathers 


CLASSICAL,  COMMERCIAL 
AND  SCIENTIFIC  COURSES 


*# 


LOCATION    UNSURPASSED    FOR    HEALTHFULNESS 

Large  and  Commodious  Buildings.  Heated  by  Steam. 
Electric  Lights.  Extensive  Playgrounds.  Large 
Gymnasium,  equipped  with  Bowling  Alley  and  Ath- 
letic Apparatus,  Pure  Cold  Water;  Healthy,  Sub- 
stantial Food ;  Cool  Mountain  Air.  Wesiern  Union 
Office  in   Building.  ..... 

Physical,  Moral  and  Religious  Training  Our  Aim 

Our  Graduates  Hold  Responsible   and  Lucrative 
Positions  in  the  Principal  Southern  Cities 

TERMS,    $200.00    per    year    for    Board    and     Tuition. 

For  Catalogue  Jipply  Rev.  Rector. 


Ca tholic  Industrial  School 

FOR  BOYS 

This  institution,  under  the  charge  of  the  Sis- 
ters of  Mercy,  will  receive  a  limited  number 
of  boys  from  8  to  13  years  of  age,  and  will 
give  them  an  industrial  training  and  educa- 
tion, suited  to  their  years.  :  :  : 

Stenography  and  Typewriting  Taught  to  those  whose  advancement 
may  permit  it.     FOR  TERMS  Apply 

Catholic  Industrial  School 

Nazareth  {Near  Raleigh)  North  Carolina 

t  SdsfjiIj  0  i>attttarutm 

ASHEVILLE,   N.    C. 

Conducted  by  theSisters  of  Mercy 

For  the  benefit  of  those  seeking  rest  and  com- 
plete restoration  to  health  in  the  pine-laden  air 
of  the  Bine  Ridge  Mountains. 

The  Sanitarium  is  situated  in  the  very  heart 
of  the  city,  and  is   furnished  with  all     modern 
conveniences.     Carefnl  Treatment.     Best  of  Cli- 
mates. 
Further  information  cheerfully  furnished  upon  application  to 

XX  f&tmtts  Aur.  AsIjiwUr,  ft  (£. 


St  Bnn's  ITn&ustrtal 


♦     ♦ 


Scbool 


In  charge  of  the  Sisters  of  Mercy 
Belmont,  N.  C. 

For  tile  training  of  Catholic  girls  from  12 
to  18  years  of  age 

The  Course  embraces  :  Reading,  Writing, 
Arithmetic,  Christian  Doctrine,  Bible 
History,  Geography  and  United  States 
History.  Plain  Sewing,  Dress-making 
and  all  Household  duties 


TERMS        MODERATE 


Apply  to 

fIDotber  Superior 

Belmont  -  -         North  Carolina 


» 


TOi 


te> 


f^, 


\    l  l  F       » 


1 


I"" Illlllltlllllllllllllll I HtMTPIIHMItlPlih Ipr tlllllllirill 1 4IMrn,  j r 1 Mill till  II II I II II  III  1 1 1 II I II II II  III  101  HI  1 1 1  i 


YEAR  BOOK 


OF 


SACRED  HEART  COLLEGE 


AND 


HIGH  SCHOOL 


BELMONT, 

GASTON  COUNTY,  N.  CAROLINA 


5rriinniHiiii'niiiMiiiMiriFrMiuiNinnriiiiMiHHiiHiiMriiinPiMnnniuiMiH[iMiiniPMMMiiiMMiMNriiiiMiiiii:iiPiniMiMui:MH!ii'MriMiiMiiuiiii.iiiiMiriiiiiiMi>Miinii''j'i,i'i;iiiint>Niiiiiii 


Belmont  Abbey  Press 
Belmont,  N.  C. 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 

Calendar 4 

Sacred  Heart  College 5 

Location 5 

Buildings  and  Appointments     6 

General  Remarks '8 

The  Departments 10 

The  College 11 

Admission  to  the  Freshman  Class 11 

Admission  by  Certificate 12 

Admission  to  Advanced  Standing 12 

Special  Students 13 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 13 

Curricula 14 

Groups 15 

Courses  of  Instruction 23 

Religion 23 

Philosophy 23 

Latin 25 

Greek 26 

English 28 

French 30 

German 31 

History 32 

Mathematics 33 

Chemistry     34 

Physics 35 

Biology 36 

Physiology  and  Hygiene 37 

Courses  of  High  School   38 

Business  College 51 

Preparatory  School 52 

The  School  of  Music 56 

Art 60 

Elocution 60 

Physical  Culture 60 

Sewing 60 

General  Remarks 61 

Terms 63 

Societies 65 

Sacred  Heart  Echoes 66 

Needs  of  the  College 66 


CALENDAR 


(1)  Second  Thursday  in  September — New  Students  are  ex- 
pected to  be  present  for  Registration  and  Classification.  Regular 
classes  will  begin  Monday  following. 


(2 
(3 

(4: 
(5; 

(6 
(T 

(8 
(9 

(io; 

(ii 

(12 


November  2nd — First  Quarterly  Examination. 

November  15th — Reading  of  Quarterly  Reports. 

December  22nd — Classes  suspended  for  the  Holidays. 

January  4th — Classes  resumed. 

January  15th — Second  Quarterly  Examinations. 

February  1st — Reading  of  Quarterly  Reports. 

First  Day  of  February — Beginning  of  Second  Semester. 

April  1st — Third  Quarterly  Examinations. 

April  15th — Reading  of  Quarterly  Reports. 

June  1st — Fourth  Quarterly  Examinations. 

Second  Tuesday  in  June — Commencement  Day. 


SACRED  HEART  COLLEGE 


HE  SACRED  HEART  COLLEGE  was  founded  at  Belmont, 
September  8,  in  the  year  1892,  by  Rt.Rev.  LeoHaid,O.S.B., 
D.D.  The  institution  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Sisters 
of  Mercy  of  North  Carolina,  who  were  incorporated  Janu- 
ary 6th,  1880.  The  Sacred  Heart  College  was  chartered 
by  the  State  Legislature  of  North  Carolina  August  20,  1904.  The 
following  is  a  portion  of  Section  III  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation : 

Whereas,  it  is  the  desire  of  the  faculty  and 

professors  of  said  institution  to  grant  and  confer  such  collegiate  and  academic 
degrees  usually  granted  by  other  similar  institutions  established  for  the  educa- 
tion of  females,  to  such  of  their  graduates  who  may  merit  the  distinction.  That 
the  Sisters  of  our  Lady  of  Mercy  of  North  Carolina,  and  the  faculty  and  teach- 
ers of  said  corporation,  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  grant  and 
confer  upon  the  graduates  of  their  institution,  who,  in  the  judgment  of  said 
faculty,  may  merit  the  distinction,  such  collegiate  and  academic  degrees  as  are 
usually  granted  by  similar  institutions  of  learning  established  for  the  education 
of  females  for  proficiency  in  languages,  arts  and  sciences,  and  to  grant  and 
confer  such  other  degrees  as  are  or  may  be  conferred  by  any  college  or  insti. 
tution  of  learning  in  this  State,  or  elsewhere,  upon  any  woman  who  in  the 
judgment  of  the  said  faculty  of  professors  and  teachers  may  merit  such  dis- 
tinction, whether  such  woman  be  a  student  or  graduate  of  said  institution  or  not. 

Location 

The  College  is  situated  near  the  foothills  of  the   Blue  Ridge 
Mountains,  at  an  altitude  of  800  feet.     It  is  eleven  miles  southwest 
s.  of  Charlotte,  on  the  main  line  of  the  Southern 

Railroad,  and  three  miles  from  Mount  Holly 
on  the  Seaboard  Air  Line.  The  Interurban  electric  railway  be- 
tween Gastonia  and  Charlotte  also  passes  within  walking  distance 
of  the  College,  thus  making  both  cities  easily  accessible  almost 
every  hour  of  the  day.  The  buildings  occupy  the  summit  of  a 
beautiful  hill  that  slopes  in  every  direction,  affording  excellent  ad- 
vantages for  sewerage  and  sanitary  arrangements. 

[5] 


The  grounds,  covering  an  area  of  100  acres,   are  well   shaded 
and  present  a  delightful  variety  of  scene.     The  large   playgrounds 

in  the  rear  of  the  College  with  a  pavilion, 

croquet,  basketball  and  tennis  courts  afford 

ample  opportunities  for  outdoor  amusements  and  healthful  exercise. 

The  dry,  healthful  climate  of  this  section  of  North   Carolina  is 

proverbial.     The  winter  season  continues  only  for  a  short  time  and 

^_.  is  never  severe.     The  gentle  undulating  land, 

Climate  ■ 

and  the  distant  views  of  Mount  Spencer  and 
historic  King's  Mountain  afford  a  pleasing  variety  and  contribute 
much  to  the  health  and  pleasure  of  the  student. 

Buildings  and  Appointments 

The  buildings  are  commodious,  planned  with  the  view  to  home 

comfort,  and  are  provided  with  all  modern  improvements.      The 

College  is  provided  with  dormitories   and  a 
Students'  Rooms  i  r        ■      .  -ni  n 

and  Dormitories       number   of  private  rooms.     These  are  well 

ventilated,  heated   and  lighted.      There    are 

single  rooms,  and  rooms  for  two.     Only  relatives  will  be  allowed 

to  occupy  the  same  room.     The  furniture  of  each  room  consists 

of  a  dressing-case,  washstand,  wardrobe  and  single  enamelled  iron 

bed,  table  and  one  or  two  chairs. 

The  Dining  Room  occupies  the  second  floor  of  the  main  build- 
ing and  is  furnished  with   everything  to   make   it   homelike  and 

_.   .      _  pleasant.     The  table  is  served  with  nutritious 

Dining  Koom  L 

food  of  the  best  quality  and  a  pleasing  variety. 
Every  student  is  expected  to  come  provided  with  table  service  con- 
sisting of  spoons,  knife,  fork,  napkin  ring,  silver  or  glass  goblet ; 
also  six  napkins  marked  with  name  in  full. 

The  Bath  Rooms  and  toilets  are  handsomely   tiled  in  white, 
„    ,  ,         separated  by  marble  partitions,  and  supplied 

Toilets  with  hot  and  cold  water. 


[6] 


The  College  is  heated  throughout  by  steam  from   a   central 

TT  .  _  .  ,  heating  plant.     The  College  is  furnished  with 

Heat  and  Light  . D  f ,  ° 

electric  lights  by  the  Southern  Power  Com- 
pany of  Charlotte.     All  buildings  are  provided  with  "all  night"  light. 

The  library  contains  a  supply  of  encyclopedias,  magazines,  ref- 

T  .,  erence  books  on  history,  literature  etc.     It  is 

.Library  J 

used  as  a  reading  room  for  the  students,  who 
have  access  to  it  on  free  days  and  during  vacant  class  periods.  A 
fee  of  $1.50  a  year  is  charged  for  use  of  the  books. 

The  Auditorium  has  a  seating  capacity  for  two  hundred.     It  is 

„,      k    ,.      .  used  for  lectures,  the   students'  musical   re- 

Ine  Auditorium 

citals  as  well  as  literary  and  dramatic  enter- 
tainments. 

The  science  laboratories  though  small  are   well   equipped   for 

T   ,  .  thorough  work  in  the  elementary   courses  of- 

Laboratorie8  °  J 

fered  to  the  students.  It  is  hoped  that  larger 
apartments  may  soon  be  provided. 

The  auditorium   opens  into  a  hall,  tastefully  furnished  with 

„     •  i  TT  11            rocking  chairs,  cushions,  a  piano  etc.  It  is 

used  exclusively  by  the  Collegiate  and  High 
School  students  during  recreation  hours. 

The  gymnasium  is  equipped  with  appliances  conducive  to  mus- 

„  .  cular     development.       Dumb    bells,     Indian 

Gymnasium  ,,  .      .  . 

clubs,  pulleys,  swinging-rings  and  a  horizontal 

ladder  afford  opportunities  for  healthful  and  enjoyable  exercise. 

The  Infirmary  is  arranged  especially  for  the  comfort  of  the  sick 

and  those  requiring  rest  or  temporary  relief  from  study.     A  special 

„,     T   „  Prefect  is  charged  with  the  supervision  of  the 

lne  Infirmary  °  r 

health  of  the  students.  In  case  of  sickness 
the  pupil  is  taken  to  the  Infirmary,  where  she  is  placed  under  the 
care  of  a  trained  nurse,  who  is  in  constant  attendance,  and,  if  nec- 
essary, medical  advice  is  secured  at  physician's  charges.     Should 

[7] 


the   sickness  prove  serious,  which,   happily   very    rarely  occurs, 
parents  or  guardians  are  promptly  informed. 

General  Remarks 

The  Educational  Work  of  Sacred  Heart  College  is   comprehen- 
sive in  its  outline,  solid  and  refined  in  its  results.     It  is  intended 

r™     „  ,        .  to  train  the  heart  as  well  as  the  mind,  to  form 

Ihe  Education 

women  who  will  grace  society  with  their  ac- 
complishments, and  honor  and  edify  it  by  their  virtues.  All  that 
can  contribute  to  their  future  influence  at  home,  in  society,  or  in 
any  position  they  are  destined  to  fill  is  pointed  out  with  zealous 
solicitude.  Constant  association  with  teachers  and  companions  of 
culture,  refinement,  and  piety,  of  different  personalities,  ideals  and 
standards,  broadens  and  perfects  the  character  and  contributes 
greatly  towards  molding  them  into  earnest,  useful  and  noble  women. 

The  institution  is  wisely  discriminative  in  its  acceptance  of  stu- 
dents.    As  a  result,  its  class  of  students  is  exceptionally  intelligent 
~.    .  ,.  and  refined.     The  methods  of  discipline  ap- 

peal  to  the  students'  sense  of  honor  and  re- 
ligious principle.  Every  effort  is  made  by  the  faculty  to  develop 
moral  strength  and  originality.  Its  members  consider  themselves 
bound  to  act  the  part  of  parents  toward  the  students  entrusted  to 
their  care.  Weekly  lectures  on  the  moral  culture  are  given  in  the 
different  departments. 

Social  life  at  any  institution  of  learning  is  an  educational  force 
in  promoting  the  graces  and  amenities  of  daily  intercourse,  bringing 

c     .  ,  out  the  ability  to  entertain,  and  teaching  for- 

getfumess  of  self  in  giving  pleasure  to  others. 
For  this  reason  social  life  among  the  students  is  encouraged,  but 
under  no  conditions  is  dissipation  permitted.  Shopping  and  visiting 
in  the  city  are  circumscribed  according  to  instructions  from  parents, 
and  subject  to  College  laws.  Attendance  upon  public  entertain- 
ments is  restricted  to  the  character  and  frequency  of  such  occasions. 

[8] 


Private  social  or  club  gatherings  are  usually  left  to  the  students  as 
long  as  their  honorable  and  reasonable  conduct  permits  the  con- 
cession. It  is  the  desire  of  the  faculty  to  promote  a  free,  and  joy- 
ous student  life,  consistent  with  good  work  and  good  order. 

Although  a  Catholic  institution,  pupils  of  every  denomination 

are  welcomed  to  share  its  advantages ;  and  anything  like  an  attempt 

„  ■..  .        T  .       to  influence  the  religious  convictions  of  non- 

Keligious  Instruction  D 

Catholics  is  scrupulously  avoided.  For  the 
sake  of  uniformity  and  the  preservation  of  discipline,  all  pupils  are 
required  to  be  present  at  the  public  religious  exercises.  All, — 
Catholics  and  non-Catholics — are  taught  to  appreciate  religious 
principles  and  moral  worth.  Surrounded,  as  the  students  are,  by 
all  that  tends  to  elevate  and  ennoble  spiritual  ideals,  it  would  seem 
hardly  possible  that  one  should  pass  even  a  year  at  the  Sacred 
Heart  College  without  acquiring  greater  love  and  veneration  for 
all  that  pertains  to  a  truly  Christian  life. 

The  children  of  Catholic  parents  are  carefully  instructed  in 
Christian  Doctrine,  and  in  the  duties  of  their  holy  religion.  Cate- 
chism, like  every  other  branch,  is  taught  in  regular,  graded  classes, 
and  is  the  first  recitation  of  the  day:  besides  which,  special  in- 
structions are  given  in  each  department  by  the  Very  Rev.  Rector, 
Father  Felix,  O.S.B.,  D.D. 

The  College  is  under  the  spiritual  direction  of  the  Benedictine 
Fathers  of  Belmont  Abbey. 

The  young  ladies  have  the  opportunity  of  daily  assisting  at  the 
Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass  in  their  own  chapel ;  on  Sundays  and 
Festival  days  they  attend  the  solemn  services  in  the  Abbey  Cathe- 
dral. Here  they  witness  the  magnificent  ceremonies  which  the 
Church  displays  on  her  Feast  days;  thus  the  students  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  beauty  and  pomp  of  the  ecclesiastical  ceremonial. 


[9] 


The  Departments 

The  Institution  provides  instruction  in  the   following  depart- 
ments: 

I.     The  College,  offering  courses  of  study  leading  to   the  de- 
gree of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

II.     The  High  School,  offering  a  four  years'  course  preparatory 
to  College. 

III.  Business  College,  offering  a  thorough  course  in  Phonogra- 

phy, Typewriting,  Bookkeeping  and  Commercial  Law 
for  young  ladies  who  wish  to  enter  business. 

IV.  The  Preparatory  School,  which  gives  a  thorough  training 

in  the  Grammar  grades. 

V.     Departments  of  Music  and  Art. 


[10] 


hJ 
w 

< 

o 

w 
o 
w 

o 
u 


THE  COLLEGE 


I.     Admission  to  the  Freshman  Class. 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Freshman  Class  of  Sacred  Heart 
College  after  a  successful  completion  of  a  high  school  or  academy 
course  of  four  years. 

Every  candidate  for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class  in  the 
Courses  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  (B.  A.)  must 
offer  subjects  amounting  to  sixteen  unit  courses  of  high  school 
work. 

Tlie  accepted  definition  of  a  unit  course  is  a  course  of  study 
covering  a  school  year  of  not  less  than  thirty-five  weeks,  with  not 
less  than  four  recitation  periods  of  at  least  forty-five  minutes  each  a 
iveek. 

1.  The  subjects  prescribed  for  all  candidates  for  admission  are: 

English 3  units 

Latin 4  units 

Mathematics 3  units 

History  (which  includes  2  separate  topics)  ....  1  unit 
Greek,  or  French,  or  German 3  units 

2.  In  addition  to  the  above  fourteen  (14)  units,  each  candi- 
date must  present  two  (2)  units  from  the  following  subjects: 

The  Minor  requirements  in  one  of  the  languages 

not  offered  for  Major  standing. 

Physics 1  unit 

Chemistry 1  unit 

Biology 1  unit 

Physiology 1  unit 

Physiography 1  unit 

History  ( in  addition  to  the   amount  prescribed 

above) 1  unit 

Mathematics  (solid  geometry) 1  unit 

Music   1  unit 

[11] 


3.  Where  "conditions"  in  the  entrance  requirements  do  not 
exceed  (2)  units  a  candidate  may  be  admitted  to  the  Freshman 
Class,  in  the  Courses  leading  to  the  A.  B.  degree,  on  probation  and 
opportunity  will  be  offered  them  to  make  up  their  deficiencies 
afterwards.  Examinations  for  the  removal  of  conditions  must  be 
taken  at  the  appointed  times.  No  student  who  has  not  removed 
her  entrance  conditions  will  be  admitted  to  the  Sophomore  Class. 

II.  Admission  by  Certificate. 

1.  Certificates  will  be  accepted  for  admission  to  the  Freshman 
Class  from  public  or  private  high  school  in  any  State,  which  are 
accepted  as  accredited  schools  by  the  University  of  that  State. 

2.  Certificates  from  academies  or  private  schools  will  be  ac- 
cepted for  admission  to  the  Freshman  Class,  provided  their  courses 
of  study  cover  the  sixteen  units  of  preparatory  work  required  for 
entrance  to  the  College,  and  are  endorsed,  after  investigation  by 
the  Classification  Committee  of  Sacred  Heart  College. 

3.  Students  who  cannot  enter  by  certificate  must  stand  exam- 
ination on  the  subjects  outlined  above,  Article  1,  par.  1. 

III.  Admission  to  Advanced  Standing. 

For  admission  to  the  Sophomore,  Junior  or  Senior  class  any 
student  coming  from  another  college  must  present  to  the  Classifi- 
cation Committee  the  following  data:  (1)  a  catalogue  of  the  Col- 
lege she  leaves;  (2)  a  certificate  of  honorable  dismissal;  (3)  a 
transcript  of  her  record  in  her  various  college  studies,  signed  by 
the  proper  authorities;  (4)  a  record  of  the  work  credited  her  at 
entrance  to  the  College.  This  data  will  be  examined  and  the  stu- 
dent will  be  classified  in  accordance  with  the  judgement  of  the 
Faculty. 

No  student  will  be  graduated  who  does  not  spend  at  least  the 
entire  Senior  year  at  Sacred  Heart  College. 


[12] 


IV.     Special  Students. 

Experience  proves  that  for  mental  discipline  in  its  broad  sense, 
as  well  as  the  general  discipline  of  the  institution,  that  it  is  better 
for  students  to  select  some  one  of  the  regular  courses.  For  this 
reason  specials  will  not  be  taken  into  the  College. 

Circumstances,  however,  may  arise  when  a  student  who  has  been 
placed  with  the  Sisters  of  Mercy  at  an  early  age  shows  lack  of  men- 
tal ability  to  pursue  one  or  two  subjects  of  the  regular  curriculum. 
In  cases  of  this  nature  exceptions  must  be  made,  but  these  privi- 
leges will  be  given  rarely  and  only  after  mature  deliberation. 

Parents  are  requested  to  support  the  College  in  this  rule  and 
not  to  ask  privileges  for  their  daughters  which  must  always  be  met 
with  a  refusal. 


Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 


Notes 


1.  The  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  will  be  conferred  on  stu- 
dents who  have  completed  before  graduation  the  equivalent  of 
sixty-six  one  hour  courses,  or  2800  hours  of  Collegiate  work.  (A 
one  hour  course  is  a  course  given  once  a  week  for  a  year.) 

2.  It  will  be  noticed  that  in  the  groups  of  studies  offered  by 
the  College  a  certain  number  are  prescribed,  the  rest  elective. 

3.  Electives  must  be  chosen  in  conference  with  the  Classifica- 
tion Committee  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Choice  of  elec- 
tives once  made,  may  not  be  changed  without  good  reasons. 

4.  Regularity  of  attendance  upon  class  exercises  is  taken  into 
consideration  in  estimating  the  final  grade  of  a  student  in  any  sub- 

[13] 


ject  for  a  given  year.  The  number  of  recitations  prior  to  the  date 
of  a  student's  entering  it  are  reckoned  among  the  total  absences 
for  the  term.  Instructors  may  demand  examination  of  omitted 
work,  and  if  the  examination  prove  unsatisfactory,  require  the  de- 
linquent student  to  make  up  the  work  within  the  limited  time. 

5.  General  examinations  are  given  quarterly.  Particular  ex- 
aminations are  given  whenever  the  instructor  considers  it  neces- 
sary, but  are  limited  to  vacant  periods  on  the  schedule.  An  ex- 
amination to  remove  a  condition  incurred  upon  any  part  of  the 
course  must  be  taken  at  the  time  fixed  by  the  instructor. 

6.  The  standing  of  a  student  in  College  is  determined  by  her 
work  in  class  and  quarterly  examinations.  A  student  is  accounted 
deficient  in  any  course  in  which  she  has  not  attained  70  per  cent. 
All  deficiences  must  be  made  up  and  an  average  of  85  per  cent  be 
attained  in  one-half  of  the  entire  course  before  candidate  will  be 
recommended  for  a  degree. 

Curricula 

1.  The  curricula  offered  by  the  College  are  arranged  in  eight 
groups,  each  of  which  receives  its  name  from  the  two  principal 
subjects :  e.  g.  the  English  and  Latin  group.  The  entire  course  of 
study  must  be  pursued  under  each  group  after  the  election  has 
been  made  in  Sophomore  year,  as  is  shown  in  the  outlines  that 
follow. 

2.  The  course  for  the  Freshman  Class  consists  of  Religion 
(obligatory  for  Catholic  Students),  English,  Latin,  Philosophy, 
French  or  German,  with  two  electives  from  the  following :  Greek, 
History,  Physics,  Chemistry,  Biology  or  Mathematics. 


[14] 


GROUP  I 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences  of  Christianity 

Literature 

LATIN  MODERN  EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

SCIENCE 

Electives:     Greek,  German,  French,  Philosophy,  Mathematics 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences  of  Christianity 

Literature 

LATIN  PHILOSOPHY 

HISTORY 

Electives:     Greek,  French,  German,  Mathematics,  Science 

SENIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

LATIN  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives:     Greek,  French,  German,  Mathematics,  Science 


[15] 


GROUP  II 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences 

Literature 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

SCIENCE 

Electives:     Greek,  Latin,  French,  History,  Mathematics 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences  of  Christianity 

Literature 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

Electives  :     Greek,  Latin,  French,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 

SENIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives  :     Greek,  Latin,  French,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


[16] 


GROUP  III 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences  of  Christianity 

Literature 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

SCIENCE 

Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  German,  History,  Mathematics 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Rhetoric  and  Composition  Evidences  of  Christianity 

Literature 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  German,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 

SENIOR  YEAR 

ENGLISH  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  German,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 

[17] 


GROUP  IV 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

GERMAN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

SCIENCE  ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  History,  Mathematics 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

GERMAN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 
FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


GERMAN 


FRENCH 


SENIOR  YEAR 

RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 


Electives:  Greek,  Latin,  English.  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


[18] 


GROUP  V 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

SCIENCE  ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     Greek,  French,  Mathematics,  History 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     Greek,  French,  History,  Science,  Mathematics 


SENIOR  YEAR 


LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GERMAN  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives  :     Greek,  French,  English,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


[19] 


GROUP  VI 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 


LATIN 

FRENCH 
SCIENCE 


RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

PHILOSOPHY 

ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     Greek,  German,  History,  Mathematics 


JUNIOR  YEAR 


LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     Greek,  German,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


SENIOR  YEAR 


LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

FRENCH  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives:     Greek,  German,  English,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 


[20] 


GROUP  VII 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GREEK  PHILOSOPHY 

SCIENCE  ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     German,  French,  History,  Mathematics 


JUNIOR  YEAR 

LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GREEK  PHILOSOPHY 

ENGLISH 

Rhetoric  and  Composition 
Literature 

Electives  :     German,  French,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 

SENIOR  YEAR 

LATIN  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

GREEK  PHILOSOPHY 

Ethics 

Electives:   German,  French,  English,  History,  Mathematics,  Science 

[21] 


GROUP  VIII 


SOPHOMORE  YEAR 

NATURAL  SCIENCE  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

PHYSICS  or  CHEMISTRY  MODERN  EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

or  BIOLOGY 

ENGLISH 

Electives  :     Greek,  Latin.  German,  French,  Mathematics 

JUNIOR  YEAR 

NATURAL  SCIENCE  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

ADV.  PHYSICS  or  CHEMISTRY         PHILOSOPHY 
or  BIOLOGY 

ENGLISH 

Electives  :     Greek,  Latin,  German,  French,  History,  Mathematics 

SENIOR  YEAR 

NATURAL  SCIENCE  RELIGION 

Evidences  of  Christianity 

ADV.  PHYSICS  or  CHEMISTRY         PHILOSOPHY 
or  BIOLOGY 

ENGLISH 

Electives  :     Greek,  Latin,  French,  German,  History,  Mathematics 


[22] 


CD 

O 

o 
ec 

w 

H 

> 

5 

0- 


COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION 


RELIGION 

COURSE  I. — Apologetics. 

Revelation.  Religion.  Mission  of  Christ.  His  Divinity. 
Church.  Marks  and  Properties  of  the  Church.  The  Roman 
Pontiff. 

COURSE  II.— God  and  Man. 

Attributes.     Trinity.     Incarnation.     Grace. 

COURSE  III. — Sanctification. 

The  Sacraments.     Theological  Virtues.     Moral  Virtues. 

COURSE  IV.— 

Essays  and  lectures  on  Theological  subjects.     (Elective). 
Courses  I,  II,  III  required  for  all  Catholic  Students. 

PHILOSOPHY 

COURSE  L— (a)  Logic. 

The  operation  of  the  mind.     Syllogisms.     Fallacies. 

{b)  Applied  Logic. 

Truth.  Certainty.  Scepticism.  Induction.  Deduction.  Ob- 
jective Evidence. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Required  of  Freshmen  if  qualified  to 
take  the  Course. 

COURSE  II.— (a)  Ontology. 

Notion  of  Being.  Essence.  Existence.  Possibility,  etc.  Sub- 
stance.    Accident.     Casuality.     Space  and  Time. 

[23] 


(6)  Cosmology. 

Origin  of  the  World.     Creation.     Laws  of  Nature.     Miracles 
Constitution  of  Bodies,  Various  Systems  etc. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Designed  for  Sophomores. 

COURSE  III.— (a)  Psychology. 

Life  in  General.  Sensitive  Life.  Human  Soul.  Substantiality. 
Spirituality.  Immortality  of  the  Soul.  Operations  and  Facul- 
ties of  the  Soul. 

(6)  Natural  Theology. 

Existence  of  God.     Divine  Attributes.     Our  Relation  to   God. 
Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Required  of  Juniors. 

COURSE  IV.— (a)  Moral  Ethics. 

Fundamental  Ethics.  End  of  Man.  Morality  of  Human  Acts. 
Natural  Law.     Positive  Law  and  Conscience. 

(b)  Applied  Ethics. 

Rights  and  Duties.  Necessity  of  Religion.  Charity  and  Justice. 
Freedom  of  Conscience.  Right  of  Self-defence.  Society.  Fam- 
ily. Marriage.  State.  Church  and  State.  Education  of  Chil- 
dren. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Required  of  Seniors. 

History  of  Philosophy. 

(a)  Ancient,  Greek  and  Roman  Philosophy. 

Christian  Philosophy. 

(b)  Scholastic  to  Modern  Philosophy. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Elective  to  Juniors  and  Seniors. 


[24] 


LATIN 

COURSE  I. 

Livy,  Books  I  and  II.     Prose  Composition. 
First  semester,  four  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  II. 

Horace,  Odes  and  Epodes,  Ars  Poetica.     Study  of  Latin  Litera- 
ture.    Prose  Composition. 

Second  semester,  four  hours  weekly. 

Courses  I,  II,  required  of  Freshmen,  and  all  candidates  for  the   A.  B. 
degree. 

COURSE  III. 

Ciceronis  Epistolae.     Horace,  Satires.     Prose  Composition. 
First  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  IV. 

Sight  reading. 

One  hour  weekly. 

COURSE  V. 

Juvenal,  Satires. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

Courses  III,  IV,  V,  required  of  Sophomores  in  the  Latin  groups. 

COURSE  VI. 

Cicero,  Tusculan  Disputations. 
First  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  VII. 

Sight  reading.     Hymns  of  the  Mediaeval  Church. 
One  hour  weekly. 

COURSE  VIII. 

Prose  Composition. 
One  hour  weekly. 

[25] 


COURSE  IX. 

Plautus,  Duo  Captivi. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

Courses  VI,  VII,  VIII,  IX  required  of  Juniors  in  the  Latin  groups. 

COURSE  X. 

Cicero,  De  Natura  Deorum. 

First  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  XL 

Pliny,  Selected  Letters. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  XII. 

De  Officiis.     (Elective). 

COURSE  XIII. 

Poetic  Composition. 

One  hour  weekly. 

Courses  X,  XI,  XIII  required  of  Seniors  in  the  Latin  groups. 

GREEK 

COURSE  I. 

Grammar.     Exercises  in  writing  Greek.     Xenophon,  Anabasis. 
General  introduction  to  the  study  of  Greek. 

Five   hours   weekly.     Designed   for  students  who   did    not    present 
Greek  at  entrance. 


COURSE  II. 

Xenophon,  Anabasis,  continued.     Homer,  Iliad,  Books  I,  II,  VI. 
Prose  Composition.     Sight  Reading. 

Five   hours   weekly.       Designed   for  students   who   have   completed 
Course  I. 

[26] 


COURSE  III. 

New  Testament  Greek.     Selections  from  the  Christian  writers. 

Three   hours   weekly.     Elective  for    students    who    have    completed 
Course  I. 

COURSE  IV. 

Homer,    Odyssey    (Two    Books).     Prose    Composition.     Sight 
Reading. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  students    who   have   completed 
Courses  II  or  III. 

COURSE  V. 

Euripides,  Hecuba.     Plato,   Apology  and  Crito.     Prose  Com- 
position.    Greek  literature. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Juniors  in  the  Greek  groups. 

COURSE  VI. 

Demosthenes,  De  Corona.     Selections  from  Herodotus,  Thucy- 
dides,  Xenophon. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Seniors  in  the  Greek  groups. 


[27] 


ENGLISH 


RHETORIC  AND  COMPOSITION 


COURSE  I. 


Review  of  prose  elements.  Description,  narration  and  exposi- 
tion. Original  themes  based  upon  selections  from  English  and 
American  literature.  Text-book,  Genung,  The  Working  Princi- 
ples of  Rhetoric. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Freshmen. 

COURSE  II. — Argumentation. 

Critical   study  of  selected  arguments.     Briefs  and    forensics. 
Text-book,  Baker,  Principles  of  Argumentation. 

Two  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Sophomores. 

COURSE  HI. —  (a)  The  Elements  of  Verse. 

Analyses  of  poetic  masterpieces.     Principles  of  criticism  with 
special  reference  to  poetry. 

(b)   Practical  exercises  in  the  construction  of  forms  of  poetry. 

One  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  Juniors  but  elective 
to  Seniors. 

COURSE  IV.— The  Short  Story. 

Study  of  inventive  processes  in  literature.     Themes  critical  and 
constructive. 

One  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Juniors  and  Seniors. 

COURSE  V. — Special  Rhetoric. 

Designed  for  students  who  desire  instruction  to  meet  individual 
needs. 

Two  hours  weekly.  Elective  to  students  who  have  completed  Course  IV. 

[28] 


LITERATURE 

COURSE  I. 

Chaucer,  Spencer  and  their  contemporaries. 

First  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Sophomores. 

COURSE  II. 

Pre-Shakesperian  drama.  English  mysteries,  miracles  and  mo- 
ralities.    Comedy,  tragedy,  history. 

First  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Sophomores. 

COURSE  III. 

Shakespeare.  A  Catholic  view.  Shakespeare  the  man,  and 
the  men  of  Shakespeare.  His  ideal  womanhood.  His  humor, 
tragic  power,  dramatic  art.     Pyschological  study  of  Hamlet. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  Sophomores,   but 
elective  to  Juniors. 

COURSE  IV. 

The  Puritan  Age.  Literature  influenced  by  Puritan  movement. 
Song  writers.  The  metaphysical  and  cavalier  poets.  The 
Restoration. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Sophomores. 

COURSE  V. 

Milton.  His  life,  purpose,  achievement.  Study  of  minor 
poems  and  Paradise  Lost. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Juniors. 

COURSE  VI. 

The  Classical  Age.  Manly,  English  Poetry;  Manly,  English  Prose. 
First  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Juniors. 

COURSE  VII. 

Tennyson.     His. life  and  art.     Analysis  of  In  Memoriam,    The 

[29] 


Idylls  of  the  King,  and  selected  short  poems. 

First  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  Juniors  but  elective 
to  Seniors. 


COURSE  VIII. 

Development  of  the  English  Novel.  Particular  attention  given 
to  the  great  English  Novelists  —  Scott,  Dickens,  Thackeray, 
George  Eliot.  Critical  study  of  plot,  characters  and  setting  in 
selected  novels. 

First  semester,  three  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Seniors. 


COURSE  IX. 

Victorian  Age.  Literary  Characteristics.  Moral  Purpose. 
Idealism.  A  study  of  one  nineteenth  century  writer — prefer- 
ably Newman. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Seniors. 

COURSE  X. 

Wordsworth.  His  life.  The  characteristics  ol  his  genius.  Re- 
lation to  his  age.     The  classification  and  text  of  his  poems. 

Second  semester,  two  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Seniors. 


FRENCH 

COURSE  I. 

Elementary  French.     Special  study  of  irregular  verbs.     Reading 
of  easy  French  selections. 

Four  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Designed  for  Freshmen  who   did 
not  present  French  at  Entrance. 

COURSE  II. 

Prose  composition.     Special  study  of  syntax.     Translations  and 

poetry. 

Three  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Designed  for  students  who  pre- 
sented minor  French  at  entrance. 

[30] 


COURSE  III. 

Advanced  Grammar  and  composition.  Practice  in  reading, 
writing  and  speaking  French,  based  on  study  of  best  authors  of 
the  nineteenth  century. 

Three  hours   weekly   for  one   year.     Required  of  Sophomores  who 
have  completed  Course  II. 

COURSE  IV. 

Advanced  prose  composition,  conversation  reading. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  one   year.     Required   of  Juniors  and   Seniors 
who  have  completed  Course  III. 

GERMAN 

COURSE  I. 

Elementary  Grammar.  Reading.  Practice  in  speaking  and 
writing  German. 

Four  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  students  who  did  not  present  Ger- 
man at  entrance. 

COURSE  II. 

Advanced  Grammar.  Prose  Composition.  Reading.  Conver- 
sation. 

Three  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Designed   for  students  who  pre- 
sented minor  German  at  entrance. 

COURSE  III. 

Selections  from  standard  historians,  and  essayists. 

Two  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Sophomores   who  have   completed 
Course  II. 

COURSE  IV. 

Translation  of  subjects  from  standard  German  literature.  Ger- 
man conversation.     Letters.     Narration.     Description. 

Two  hours  weekly.     Required  of  Juniors  and  Seniors  who  have  com- 
pleted Course  III. 

[31J 


HISTORY 

COURSE  I. — Mediaeval  European  History. 

The  Roman  Empire,  the  causes  which  led  to  its  fall,  and  the 
contribution  of  the  Roman  world  to  Mediaeval  civilization.  The 
Teutonic  Conquerors,  their  character,  traditions  and  capacity  for 
civilization  etc.  The  scope  and  results  of  the  Crusades;  the 
Hundred  Years'  War. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Designed  for  Freshmen.     This  Course 
presupposes  a  general  knowledge  of  Ancient  History. 

COURSE  II. — Modern  European  History. 

To  the  close  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  This  course  includes 
the  Renaissance;  the  Protestant  Revolution;  England  in  the 
Era  of  Religious  Revolution;  the  religious  wars  in  France  and 
Germany;  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV;  the  rise  of  Prussia;  the  Seven 
Years'  War;  the  expansion  of  England;  the  French  Revolution. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  Sophomores  who  have  completed 
Course  I. 

COURSE  III. — The  French  Revolution. 

This  course  deals  with  the  political  conditions  and  intellectual 
movement  in  Europe  in  the  eighteenth  century,  the  relations 
between  France  and  other  nations. 

First  semester,  three  hours  wreekly.     Elective  to  Juniors. 

COURSE  IV. — The  Napoleonic  Era. 

This  course  includes  the  rise  of  Napoleon  and  the  Empire  and 
the  Napoleonic  Era  in  its  French  and  European  aspects. 

Second  semester,  three  hours  weekly   a  year.     Designed  for  Juniors 
who  have  completed  Course  III. 

COURSE  V. — History  of  England. 

This  course  embraces  the  mediasval  and  modern  periods  of 
English  History.     The  political,  social  and  industrial  conditions. 

Three  hours  weekly.     Elective  to  Sophomores. 


[32] 


COURSE  VI. — History  of  the  Nineteenth  Century. 

A  general  outline  of  the  history  of  the  nineteenth  century,  with 
special  reference  to  France,  Germany,  Russia,  Italy,  Turkey 
and  Spain,  and  incidental  reference  to  Sweden,  Switzerland  and 
other  Minor  countries. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Designed  for  Seniors. 


COURSE  VII. — The   Constitutional   History   of  the   United 

States. 

This  course  covers  the  formation  of  political  parties,  the  growth 
of  democracy,  the  study  of  the  Federal  and  State  constitutions, 
the  growth  of  slavery,  and  the  political  effects  of  the  rapid  de- 
velopment of  the  West. 

Two  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Elective    to    Sophomores,    Juniors 
and  Seniors. 


MATHEMATICS 

COURSE  I. — Solid  Geometry. 

A  study  of  planes,  polyedra,  cylinders,  cones,  spheres,  their 
properties  and  measurement,  with  original  theorems  and  ex- 
ercises. 

One  semester,  three  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  II. — Plane  Trigonometry. 

The  trigonometrical  functions  defined  as  ratios,  the  algebraic 
relations  between  them  and  their  application  to  the  solution  of 
right  triangles  and  triangles  in  general. 

One  semester,  three  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  III.— Advanced  Algebra. 

Binomial  thedrem;  indeterminate  equations;  undetermined 
coefficients:  exponential  theorem;  logarithms. 

One  semester,  three  hours  weekly. 


[33] 


COURSE  IV.— Algebra. 

Beginning  with  a  rapid  review  of  the  theory  of  quadratic  equa- 
tions and  their  practical  solution,  and  continuing  with  a  study 
of  ratio,  proportion,  variation,  progressions,  permutations,  com- 
binations ol  binomial  theorem  and  such  other  subjects  as 
time  may  allow. 

One  hour  weekly  for  a  year.     Prescribed   of  all   students   who  have 
not  fully  satisfied  the  entrance  requirements  in  algebra. 


CHEMISTRY 


COURSE  I. — Introductory  Inorganic  Chemistry. 

(a)  Lectures  and  Recitations.  Study  includes  the  common  ele- 
ments, Oxygen,  Hydrogen,  Cholorene,  Nitrogen  and  their  sim- 
ple compounds.  Emphasis  is  laid  on  Valence,  Oxidation  and 
Reduction,  Ionization,  Neutralization,  Mass  Action,  Determina- 
tion of  Atomic  weights  and  chemical  formulas. — Textbook: 
McPherson  and  Henderson,  An  Elementary  Study  of  Chemistry. 

(b)  Individual  Laboratory  Work. 

Student  performs  numerous  experiments  to  illustrate  principles 
discussed  in  the  lecture  room.  A  small  fee  sufficient  to  cover 
charge  for  breakage  is  extra.  A  carefully  kept  note-book  is 
submitted  from  time  to  time  for  inspection.  Laboratory  Text: 
McPherson  and  Henderson,  Laboratory  Manual. 

Five  hours  weekly  for  one  year.  All  candidates  for  the  A.  B.  degree 
who  do  not  offer  chemistry  on  entrance  must  complete  this  course  in  either 
the  Freshman  or  Sophomore  year. 


COURSE  II. — Qualitative  Analysis. 

Lectures,  recitations  and  laboratory  work  based  on  the  analysis 
of  compounds  and  mixtures. 

First  semester,  five  hours  weekly.     Designed   for  students  who  have 
completed  Course  I. 


[34] 


COURSE  III. — Quantitative  Analysis. 

A  laboratory  course  in  Volumetric  and  Gravimetric  methods. 
Analysis  of  commercial  compounds  and  ores. 

First  semester,  five  hours  weekly.     Designed  for  students  who   have 
completed  Course  II. 

COURSE  IV. — Organic  Chemistry. 

Lectures,  recitations  and  laboratory  work,  based  on  the  solution 
of  practical  household  problems,  and  developing  methods  that 
can  be  applied  with  the  simple  apparatus  afforded  by  the  aver- 
age home. 

Three  hours  weekly  for  one  year.     Designed  for  students   who   have 
completed  Course  II. 


PHYSICS 


COURSE  I. — General  Physics. 

(a)  The  subject  is  taught  by  means  of  lectures,  quizzes  and  lab- 
oratory practice.  Properties  of  Matter,  Heat,  Light,  Sound, 
Electricity,  Magnetism  are  included  in  the  course. 

(b)  Individual  Laboratory  Work. 

The  work  of  the  laboratory  is  chiefly  quantitative.  An  occasion- 
al period  is  given  to  the  solution  of  numerical  exercises,  when 
the  subject  demands  them.  Well  kept  note  books  are  demand- 
ed of  students.  Forty  Exercises  constitute  a  year's  laboratory 
work.  Textbook:  Millekan  and  Gale.  Laboratory  text:  Exer- 
cises selected  or  prepared  by  the  instructor. 

Five  hours  weekly  for  a  year.  All  candidates  for  the  A.  B.  degree 
who  do  not  offer  Physics  on  entrance  must  complete  this  course  in  either 
the  Sophomore  or  Junior  year. 

COURSE  II. — Advanced  Physics. 

(a)  This  course   includes  Mechanics,   Light,    Theory   of  heat. 

Electricity,  Magnetism. 

Textbook:  Carhart,  College  Physics. 


[35] 


(6)  Laboratory  Work. 

Involves  the  use  of  instruments  of  precision  and  is  designed  to 
illustrate  the  method  of  procedure  in  the  investigation  of  phe- 
nomena and  the  discovery  of  Physical  laws. 
Laboratory  text:  Exercises   selected  and  prepared  by  the  in- 
structor. 

This  course  presupposes  the  student  to  be  familiar  with  plane 
trigonometry. 

Five  hours   weekly  for  one  year.     Designed  for  Juniors   who  have 
completed  Course  I. 

COURSE  III. 

Wave  Motion  and  Sound. 

Three  hours  weekly.   Elective  to  students  who  have  completed  Course  I. 

COURSE  IV. 

Ether  Weaves. — Phenomena  and  laws  of  interference  and  diffrac- 
tion, theory  of  color,   polarization. 

Three  hours  weekly.    Elective  to  students  who  have  completed  Course  II. 

COURSE  V. 
Electricity. 

Three  hours  weekly.    Elective  to  students  who  have  taken  Course  I  or  II. 

BIOLOGY 

COURSE  I.— Zoology. 

General  classification  of  animals,  with  a  study  of  their  structure, 
development  and  relationship.  Adaptation  to  physical  environ- 
ment, protective  devices  will  be  considered.  Careful  dissection 
of  some  of  the  higher  vertebrates  will  be  required.  A  well 
kept  note  book  will  be  demanded. 

Five  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Elective  in  either  the   Sophomore   or 
Junior  year. 

Students  who  take  Course  I  will  be  expected  to  take  Course  II. 


[36] 


COURSE  II.— Botany. 

General  functions  of  the  plant,  such  as  assimilation,  growth, 
reproduction,  will  be  explained.  A  classification  of  Algae, 
Fungi,  Mosses,  Ferns  and  Flowering  plants. 

Five  hours  weekly  for  a  year.     Designed  for  students  who  have  com- 
pleted Course  I. 

PHYSIOLOGY  AND  HYGIENE 

COURSE  I. — (a)  General  Physiology 

A  description  of  the  forms  and  functions  of  the  bodily  organs. 
Lectures  and  textbook. 

(b)  Applied  Physiology. 

Study  of  the  Nervous  System  and  Brain.  Lectures  and  text-book. 
First  semester,  four  hours  weekly. 

COURSE  II.— Hygiene. 

Foods,  exercise,  bathing,  clothing,  air,  light  in  the  relation  to 
health  of  the  individual,  health,  disease,  germ  theory,  contagion 
and  infection. 

Second  semester,  four  hours  weekly.     Courses  I  and  II  are  required 
of  all  Freshmen  who  did  not  offer  Physiology  on  entrance. 


[37] 


COURSES  OF  HIGH  SCHOOL 


Fourth  Year 

Third  Year 

Second  Year 

First  Year 

English 
Latin 
French  or 
German  or 
Greek 
History  or 
Mathematics 
or  Science 

English 

Latin 

Mathematics 

History 

French  or 

German  or 

Greek 

English 

Latin 

Mathematics 

History 

French  or 

German  or 

Greek 

English 
Latin 

Mathematics 
History 

Q 

cn 
en 

o' 

£>-               i^.               £>.  if> 

»£.                 UOli^i^ 

£>.                 CC  On  ~^  ±- 

WUii^*- 

Hours 

English 
History 
French 
German 

English 
History 
French 
German 

English 
History 
Mathematics 
German  or 
French 

English 
History 
Mathematics 
Science 

CD    o 

Set 

3    3 
i-i    i-1 
cn 

*>■  #»  £>  *>■ 

ifs.  £».  OJ  t£» 

i^.        On  00  ^ 

►£>.  On  00  *>• 

Hours 

English 
Science 
German  or 
French 
History 

English 
Science 
German  or 
French 
History 

English 
Science 
Mathematics 
German  or 
French 

English 
History 
Mathematics 
Science 

W 

cfl- 

§3^ 
G- 

#>■  ^      >£*#>■ 

oo  ^_      —  — 

,£.        on  4s.  ^ 

#i-  On  CO  £> 

Hours 

English 
Mathematics 
Science 
German  or 
French  or 
History 

English 
Mathematics 
Science 
German  or 
French 

English 
Mathematics 
Science 
German  or 
French 

English 
History 
Mathematics 
Science 

Cf>§ 

2-3 
ct  £ 
3  a 
ft  9, 

►fs.                i^.  (f>  ,£. 

(E*.       ^f>  on  *» 

►£».         ^  On  £>. 

£>  On  CO  ^ 

Hours 

English 
History 
Latin 
Science 

English 
History 
Latin 
Science 

English 
Mathematics 
History 
Latin 

English 
History 
Mathematics 
Latin 

English,  Latin 
and  History 

^  #»  *»•  £» 

^^Wl^ 

ifi  WC/1hC- 

►[^  Cn  00  ^ 

Hours 

English 
Latin 
Science 
French  or 
German 

English 
Latin 
Science 
German  or 
French 

English 
Latin 
Science 
Mathematics 

English 

Latin 

Mathematics 

Science 

Latin  and 

Science 

*-        £»#>•>£>■ 

i£»         £*  ,fs.  ,£». 

on  *>■*»■  *s 

£>.  On  ,£»  >£* 

Hours 

[38] 


CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINE 


All  Catholic  students  are  required  to  enter  the  regular  classes 
in  Christian  Doctrine. 

First  Year. — 

Deharbe's  Catechism  (No  2).     Bible  History:  The  Old  Testa- 
ment. 

Second  Year. — 

Deharbe's  Catechism  (No  2).     Bible  History:  The  Life  of  Christ. 

Third  Year. — 

History  of  the  Catholic  Church  to  the  Sixteenth  Century. 

Fourth  Year. — 

History  of  the  Catholic  Church  (Completed) . 


ENGLISH 


First  Year 

I.  Rhetoric  and  Composition. 

(a)  Paragraphs.  Unity  of  the  paragraph,  transition  and  coher- 
ence, forms  of  the  paragraph.  (6)  The  structure  of  sentences. 
The  principle  of  variety,  simple,  compound,  periodic,  loose 
sentences  etc.  Punctuation.  Exercises  in  the  construction  of 
sentences  will  be  required  of  the  student.  Text-book :  Manual 
of  Composition  and  Rhetoric,  Gardiner,  Kittredge  and  Arnold. 
Composition  will  consist  of  letter-writing. 

II.  Literature. 

For  analysis  and  study:  Snowbound,  Whittier;  Vision  of  Sir 
Launfal,  Lowell;  Poems  (Selected)  Poe;  Merchant  of  Venice, 
Shakespeare. 

Student  is  expected  to  complete  two  selections  in  a  half  year. 

[39] 


III.  Parallel  Reading. 

Last  of  the  Mohicans,  Cooper;  Oregon  Trail,  Parkman ;  Fabiola, 
Wiseman. 

Students  will  be  required  to  stand  short  written  examinations 
on  all  parallel  work.  These  examinations  must  be  taken  at  the 
time  appointed  by  the  instructor. 

IV.  Grammar. 

If  not  completed,  must  be  completed  during  this  year.  The 
instructor  will  give  an  additional  class  period  for  that  purpose. 

Second  Year 

I.  Rhetoric  and  Composition. 

(a)  Choice  of  Words.  The  standard  of  usage,  general  princi- 
ples of  choice,  (b)  Figures  of  Speech.  The  student  will  be 
required  to  study  illustrative  selections.  Text-book:  Manual 
of  Composition  and  Rhetoric,  Gardiner,  Kittredge  and  Arnold. 
Composition  work  will  consist  of  short  themes  on  subjects  se- 
lected by  the  teacher,  and  based  on  the  experience  of  the  student. 

II.  Literature. 

For  analysis  and  study:  The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers, 
Addison;  Gray's  Elegy  in  a  Country  Churchyard  and  Gold- 
smith's Deserted  Village;  Lady  of  the  Lake,  Scott;  Midsummer 
Night's  Dream  or  As  You  Like  It,  Shakespeare. 

III.  Parallel  Reading. 

Vicar  of  Wakefield,  Goldsmith;  Treasure  Island,  Stevenson; 
Silas  Marner,  George  Eliot. 

Third  Year 

I.  Rhetoric  and  Composition. 

(a)  Narration.  The  difference  between  narratives  and  stories. 
Action  in  narration ;  coherence  and  arrangement ;  selection  of 
material  etc.  (b)  Description.  A  study  of  characteristic  ex- 
amples of  description.  The  point  of  view  in  description;  com- 
parison and  contrast  in  descriptions  etc. 

[40] 


Oral  and  written  exercises.  Text-book:  Manual  of  Composition 
and  Rhetoric,  Gardiner,  Kittredge  and  Arnold. 

Composition  will  be  based  on  Rhetoric  and  readings. 

II.  Literature. 

For  analysis  and  study:  Ancient  Mariner,  Coleridge;  Julius 
Caesar,  Shakespeare,  Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lancelot  and  Elaine, 
and  the  Passing  of  Arthur,  Tennyson. 

III.  Parallel  Reading. 

Ivanhoe,  Scott;  House  of  Seven  Gables,  Hawthorne;  Two 
Years  Before  the  Mast,  Dana. 

Fourth  Year 

I.  Rhetoric  and  Composition. 

(a)  Exposition.  Outline  of  an  Exposition,  the  key-sentence. 
Introduction,  conclusion,  coherence.  Use  of  diagrams,  exposi- 
tion of  character  etc.     Oral  and  written  exercises. 

(b)  Argumentation.     Parts  of  an  argument,  brief;    kinds  of  ar- 
gument.    Refutation.     Composition  based  on  argumentation. 
Text-book:  Manual  of  Rhetoric  and  Composition  (completed). 

II.  Literature. 

For  analysis  and  study:  L' Allegro,  II  Penseroso,  and  Comus, 
Milton;  Macbeth,  Shakespeare;  Speech  on  Conciliation  with 
America,  Burke;  or  Washington's  Farewell  Address  and  Web- 
ster's First  Bunker  Hill  Oration;  Life  of  Johnson,  Macaulay, 
or  Essay  on  Burns,  Carlyle. 

III.  Parallel  Reading. 

Tale  of  Two  Cities,  Dickens;  The  Newcomes  or  Henry  Esmond, 
Thackeray ;  Inland  Voyage  and  Travels  with  a  Donkey,  Steven- 
son. 


[41] 


For  1913-1915 


The  following  books  are  those  prescribed  for  reading,  study, 
and  practice  by  the  C.  E.  E.  B.  for  classes  graduating  in  1913-1915. 
No  student  is  expected  to  take  examinations  in  all  the  following 
subjects. 

Study 

Shakespeare's  Macbeth.  Milton's  Lycidas,  Comus,  L' Allegro, 
and  II  Penseroso :  or  Tennyson's  Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lancelot  and 
Elaine,  and  the  Passing  of  Arthur.  Burke's  Speech  on  Conciliation 
with  America,  or  W  ashington's  Farewell  Address,  and  Webster's 
First  Bunker  Hill  Oration.  Macaulay's  Life  of  Johnson,  or  Carlyle's 
Essav  on  Burns. 


Reading 

Group  1. — (two  books  to  be  selected). 

Shakespeare's  As  Y  ou  Like  It,  Henry  V,  Julius  Caesar, 
The  Merchant  of  Venice,  Twelfth  Night. 

Group  2. — (one  book  to  be  selected). 

Bacon's  Essays.  Bunvan's  The  Pilgrim's  Progress.  Part  I. 
The  Sir  Roger  de  Coverley  Papers  in  'The  Spectator." 
Franklin's  Autobiography. 

Group  3. — (one  book  to  be  selected). 

Chaucer's  Prologue.  Spencer's  Selections  from  the 
Faerie  Queen.  Pope's  The  Rape  of  the  Lock.  Gold- 
smith's The  Deserted  Village.  Palgrave's  Golden 
Treasury  (First  Series).  Books  II  and  III,  with  especial 
attention  to  Dryden.  Collins.  Grav,  Cowper.  and  Burns. 

Group  4 — (two  books  to  be  selected). 

Goldsmith's  The  Vicar  of  Wakefield.  Scott's  Ivanhoe, 
or  Quentin  Durward.     Hawthorne's  The  House  of  the 

[42] 


Seven  Gables.  Thackeray's  Henry  Esmond.  Gaskell's 
Cranford.  Dickens'  A  Tale  of  Two  Cities.  George 
Eliot's  Silas  Marner.     Blackmore's  Lorna  Doone. 

Group  5 — (two  books  to  be  selected). 

Irving's  Sketch  Book.  Lamb's  Essays  of  Elia.  De 
Quincey's  Joan  of  Arc  and  The  English  Mail-Coach. 
Garlyle's  Heroes  and  Hero-Worship.  Emerson's  Essays 
(selected).     Ruskin's  Sesame  and  Lilies. 

Group  6 — (two  books  to  be  selected). 

Coleridge's  Ancient  Mariner.  Scott's  The  Lady  of  the 
Lake.  Palgrave's  Golden  Treasury  (First  Series) ,  Book 
VI,  with  especial  attention  to  Wordsworth,  Keats  and 
Shelly.  Macaulay's  Lays  of  Ancient  Rome,  Poe's 
Poems.  Lowell's  The  Vision  of  Sir  Launfal.  Arnold's 
Sohrab  and  Rustum.  Longfellow  The  Courtship  of 
Miles  Standish.  Tennyson's  Gareth  and  Lynette,  Lan- 
celot and  Elaine,  and  the  Passing  of  Arthur.  Brown- 
ing's Cavalier  Tunes,  The  Lost  Leader,  How  They 
Brought  the  Good  News  from  Ghent  to  Aix,  Evelyn 
Hope,  Home  Thoughts  from  Abroad,  Home  Thoughts 
From  the  Sea,  Incidents  of  the  French  Camp,  The  Boy 
and  the  Angel,  One  Word  More,  Herve  Riel,  Pheidip- 
pides. 


[43] 


LATIN 


FIRST  YEAR 

Beginner's  Latin  Book  (completed)  Special  attention  is  given 
to  the  mastery  of  forms,  correct  quantities  and  accent  and  to  ac- 
quiring a  vocabulary. 

SECOND  YEAR 

Caesar:  Gallic  War,  Books  I,  II,  III,  IV.  Translation  and  Sight 
Reading.     Prose  Composition  based  on  Caesar,  one  period  a  week. 

THIRD  YEAR 

Cicero:  Four  Orations  Against  Cataline  and  any  two  from  the 
following  list:  Archias,  the  Manilian  Law,  Marcellus,  Roscius,  Milo, 
Sestius,  Ligarius,  the  Fourteenth  Philippic.  Prose  Composition 
based  on  Cicero.     Sight  reading. 

FOURTH  YEAR 

Virgil :  Aeneid,  (Books  I,  VI.)  Special  attention  given  to  scan- 
sion.    Sight  reading.     Advanced  prose  composition. 


GREEK 


Grammar. 

The  inflections;  the  simpler  rules  for  composition  and  deriva- 
tion of  words ;  syntax  of  cases  and  verbs ;  structure  of  the  sen- 
tence in  general,  with  particular  regard  to  relative  and  condi- 
tional sentences,  indirect  discourse,  and  the  subjunctive. 

[44] 


Composition. 

Translation  of  continuous  prose  based  on  Xenophon  and  other 
Attic  prose  of  similar  difficulty. 

Sight  Translation. 

Translation  into  English  at  sight  of  prose  of  no  greater  difficulty 
than  Xenophon's  Anabasis. 

Xenophon. 

The  first  four  books  of  the  Anabasis. 

Homer. 

The  first  three  books  of  the  Iliad.  For  the  satisfactory  accom- 
plishment of  the  full  requirement  in  Greek  as  above  outlined, 
a  course  extending  through  three  years,  with  five  class  periods 
a  week,  will  be  necessary. 


FRENCH 


FIRST  YEAR 

During  the  first  year  the  work  comprises  a  careful  drill  in  pro- 
nunciation; the  essentials  of  French  Grammar;  the  elementary 
rules  of  syntax;  the  translation  of  short  English  sentences  into 
idiomatic  French;  writing  from  dictation.  Reading  of  easy 
French  Prose. 

Texts. — Guerber's  Contes  et  Legendes,  Parts  I,  II;  Bruno's  Le 
Tour  de  le  France. 

SECOND  YEAR 

A  more  thorough  study  of  syntax;  the  more  usual  irregular 
verbs;  the  use  of  the  conditional  and  subjunctive;  writing  from 
dictation;  frequent  abstracts  from  portions  of  text  read. 

Texts. — Verne's  Le  Tour  du  Monde ;  About's  Le  Roi  des  Mon- 
tagnes;  Halevy's  L'Abbe  Constantin;  Lessage's  Les  Adventures  de 
Gil-Bias. 

[45] 


THIRD  YEAR 

Grammar. — Constant  practice  in  giving  French  paraphrases, 
abstracts,  or  reproductions  based  on  matter  read;  writing  from 
dictation;  letter- writing. 

Texts. — Xavier  de  Maistre's  Autour  de  ma  Chambre;  Erck- 
mann-Chatrian's  Le  Consent  de  1813;  Corneille's  Le  Cid  Racine's 

Athalie;  Madame  de  Sevigne's  Letters. 


GERMAN 


FIRST  YEAR 

Careful  drill  in  pronunciation;  inflections  of  articles,  nouns,  ad- 
jectives, pronouns,  weak  verbs  and  the  more  usual  strong  verbs; 
uses  of  syntax ;  model  auxiliaries:  word-order.  Study  of  easy  col- 
loquial sentences.     Guerber's  Maerchen  and  Erzaehlungen. 

SECOND  YEAR 

Drill  upon  the  strong  verbs,  the  use  of  articles,  cases,  auxiliaries 
of  all  kinds,  tenses  and  moods,  with  special  reference  to  the  infini- 
tive and  subjunctive;  word-order  and  word-formation.  Reading  of 
easy  stories  as:  Hillern's  Hoeher  als  die  Kirche;  Immensee;  Das 
Lied  von  der  Glocke;  Das  Maedchen  von  Treppi.  Exercises.  Sight 
translation. 

THIRD  YEAR 

Continued  drill  upon  grammatical  principles,  including  syntax 
and  word-formation.  Oral  and  written  exercises  in  paraphrasing, 
abstract  and  reproduction  of  selections.  Schiller's  Maria  Stewart, 
Der  Neffe  als  Onkel,  Freytag's  Journalisten.  Selections  from  Bil- 
der  aus  der  Deutschen  Vergangenheit.   Exercises.   Sight  translation. 

[461 


HISTORY 


FIRST  YEAR 

Ancient  History, — with  special  reference  to  Greek  and  Roman 
History,  and  including  also  a  short  introductory  study  of  the  more 
ancient  nations  and  the  chief  events  of  the  early  Middle  Ages, 
down  to  the  death  of  Charlemagne  (814). 

SECOND  YEAR 

Medieval  and  Modern  European  History, — from  the  death 
of  Charlemagne  to  the  present  time. 

THIRD  YEAR 
English  History. 

FOURTH  YEAR 

American  History  and  Civil  Government. 

The  requirement  in  history  includes  two  of  the  above  topics. 
Each  topic  is  intended  to  represent  one  year  of  historical  work, 
wherein  the  study  is  given  at  least  three  times  a  week. 


MATHEMATICS 


FIRST  YEAR 

Algebra  (To  Quadratics).  The  four  fundamental  operations 
for  rational  algebraic  expressions;  factoring;  fractions;  linear 
equations;  radicals;  exponents. 

[47] 


SECOND  YEAR 

Algebra  (Quadratics  and  beyond).  Quadratic  equations  re- 
viewed, binomial  theorem;  arithmetic  and  geometry  progressions. 

THIRD  YEAR 

Plane  Geometry.  Properties  of  plane  rectilinear  figures;  the 
circle,  similar  polygons;  areas;  regular  polygons,  measurements  of 
the  circle  etc. 

FOURTH  YEAR 

Solid  Geometry.  Relations  of  planes  and  lines  in  space; 
properties  and  measurements  of  prisms,  pyramids,  cylinder  and 
cones;  the  sphere  and  spherical  triangle  etc.  (elective). 


BIOLOGY 


The  aim  of  this  course  is  to  give  students  a  general  conception 
of  the  wide  range  of  forms  in  animal  and  plant  life;  to  lead  them 
to  observe  the  various  processes  carried  on  by  plants  and  animals ; 
to  study  the  structures ;  to  give  a  practical,  useful  knowledge  of 
the  organs  of  the  human  body  and  the  functions  of  each  with  pro- 
cesses constituting  life  and  growth. 

The  course  of  instruction  in  biology  includes : 

I.     Individual  laboratory  work. 

II.  Instruction  by  lecture-table  demonstration,  to  be  used  mainly 
as  a  basis  for  questioning  upon  the  general  principles  of 
biology  and  their  applications. 

III.     The  study  of  at  least  one  standard  text-book  to  the  end  that 
the  student  may  gain  a  comprehensive  and  connected  view 

[48] 


of  the  more  important  facts  and  laws  of  elementary  biology. 
Laboratory  notebooks,  containing  drawings  and  records  of 
experiments  required  of  students. 


PHYSIOGRAPHY 


The  candidate's  preparation  should  include: 

I.  The  study  of  a  standard  text-book  for  the  purpose  of  gaining 
a  knowledge  of  the  essential  principles  and  facts  of  physical 
geography. 

II.     Instruction  by  lecture-table  demonstration  and  lectures  illus- 
trated by  stereopticon  views. 

III.  Collection   and  study  of  pictures,    illustrating    the    various 

phases  of  the  subject. 

IV.  Supplementary  reading  or  library  work,  involving  the  report 

in  class  of  the  investigation  of  topics  assigned  by  the  teacher. 


CHEMISTRY 


The  course  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  aims  to  familiarize  the  stu- 
dent with  the  principal  elements  and  their  chief  compounds ;  their 
physical  and  chemical  characteristics ;  methods  of  preparation ;  the 
fundamental  laws  governing  chemical  changes. 

The  course  includes: 
I.     Individual  laboratory  work,  comprising  at  least  forty  exercises. 

[49] 


II.  Instruction  by  lecture-table  demonstration,  to  be  used  mainly 
as  a  basis  for  questioning  upon  the  principles  involved  in 
the  pupil's  laboratory  investigations. 

III.     The  study  of  a  standard  text-book. 

Laboratory  notebook  will  be  required  of  the  student.     Forty 
experiments  constitute  the  Course. 


PHYSICS 


The  course  of  instruction  in  Physics  includes : 

I.     Individual  laboratory  work  comprising  the  following  exercises: 
Mechanics,  13;  sound,  3;  heat,  5;  light,  6;  electricity,  8. 

II.     Instruction  by  lecture-table  demonstrations. 

III.  The  study  of  a  standard  text-book.  Laboratory  notebook 
containing  drawings,  records  of  experiments  and  numerical 
data  will  be  required  of  the  student. 


[50] 


Physics  Laboratory 


Infirmary 


Auditorium 


BUSINESS  COLLEGE 


THE  object  of  this  course  is  to  train  young  ladies  for  a  practical 
business  career,  upon  the  completion  of  which  they  are  en- 
titled to  a  diploma  with  the  degree  of  Master  of  Accounts. 

Students  must,  however,  have  completed  during  the  year  or,  by 
previous  instructions,  the  English  course  prescribed  in  the  High 
School.  They  are  not,  however,  precluded  by  this  from  entering 
a  higher  class  if  found  qualified,  or  of  devoting  their  attention  to 
music,  art  or  languages,  in  addition  to  the  Business  Course. 

Students  are  also  required  to  stand  a  satisfactory  public  exami- 
nation in  presence  of  the  Faculty  before  receiving  their  diplomas. 

Students  who  have  not  completed  their  English  are  advised  to 
devote  two  years  to  this  course.  For  those  who  have  already  com- 
pleted English,  only  one  year  is  required. 

The  course  embraces: 

PHONOGRAPHY 

Ben  Pitman  System.  Dictation  unpracticed  material,  speed  80 
words  minimum;  practiced  material,  100  words  minimum. 

TYPEWRITING 

Remington.  Touch  System  required.  Students  must  be  able 
to  make  a  correct  transcription  of  any  material  given  them  before 
receiving  diplomas. 

BOOKKEEPING 

New  Tablet  Method  of  Bookkeeping  and  Business  Training. 

PENMANSHIP 

Palmer  Method  of  Muscular  Movement. 

[51] 


THE  PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


THE  Preparatory  School  is  connected  with  Sacred  Heart  College 
and  High  School.  This  department  aims  to  prepare  pupils 
for  the  High  School  and  is  designed  to  furnish  an  education 
in  the  elementary  studies,  and  to  lay  a  deep  and  firm  foundation 
for  good  habits,  morals  and  manners.  These  ends  are  attained  by 
carefully  planned  and  well-presented  courses  in  Christian  doctrine, 
Bible  history,  reading,  spelling,  grammar,  composition,  Latin  (ele- 
mentary), arithmetic,  the  elements  of  algebra,  history  of  the  United 
States,  geography,  drawing,  singing,  sewing  and  physical  training. 
The  most  careful  attention  is  given  to  the  young  minds  and  every- 
thing conducive  to  the  health  and  the  comfort  of  the  child  receives 
constant  attention. 

SIXTH  GRADE 

Christian  Doctrine. 

Faith.     Its  object  and  rule.     The  Apostle's  Creed. 

Grammar. 

Study  of  simple  sentences.  Parts  of  speech  distinguished  and 
definitions  learned.     Parsing. 

Composition. 

Oral  and  written  productions.  Study  of  the  paragraph.  Rules 
for  punctuation  reviewed.  Memorizing  selections  from  prose 
and  poetry. 

Spelling. 

Words  from  daily  lessons  and  Spelling  book.  Study  of  stems, 
prefixes  and  suffixes.     Synonyms. 

Reading. 

Reading  from  readers  and  other  books.  Appreciative  reading 
of  standard  selections.  Uses  of  the  dictionary  and  books  of 
reference. 

[52] 


Mathematics. 

Oral  and  written.  Denominate  numbers.  Percentage.  Bills. 
Measurements.     Problems. 

Geography. 

South  America.  Location,  surface  and  climate.  Leading  coun- 
tries and  chief  cities.  Canada.  Mexico.  Central  America  and 
West  Indies.  Location  of  places  associated  with  important 
current  events.  Europe.  Location,  surface  and  climate. 
Leading  countries  and  chief  cities. 

History  and  Civics. 

American  History.  Leading  events  and  great  men  in  the  period 
from  the  close  of  the  French  and  Indian  War  to  the  present 
time.  Civics.  Departments  of  the  National  government.  Ethi- 
cal lessons. 

Penmanship. 

Writing  from  dictation  in  the  copy  book.  Drill  in  exercises  to 
insure  freedom  and  rapidity  in  writing. 

SEVENTH  GRADE 

Christian  Doctrine. 

The  Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass.    Principal  Mysteries  of  Religion. 

Grammar. 

Technical  grammar  with  the  text-book.  Sentences  classified  as 
to  form  and  structure.  Phrases  and  clauses  classified  as  to  use. 
Parsing. 

Composition. 

Oral  and  written  descriptions,  narrations  and  letters  based  upon 
the  pupils'  reading,  experience  and  knowledge.      Paragraphing. 

Spelling. 

Words  from  the  spelling  book  and  other  selected  words. 
Synonyms.     Use  of  the  dictionary. 

[53] 


Reading. 

Appreciative  reading  of  at  least  one  masterpiece  of  prose  and 
one  of  poetry.     Use  of  library  books. 

Mathematics. 

Simple  interest  and  its  application.  Ratio  and  proportion.  Easy 
equations  involving  one  unknown  number.  Problems  solved 
both  by  analysis  and  by  equation  method. 

Algebra. 

Use  of  letters  to  represent  values.  The  solution  of  problems  in 
which  letters  are  used  to  represent  quantities  involved.  Addi- 
tion, subtraction,  multiplication  and  division. 

Geography. 

Asia.  Africa.  Australia  and  Island  Groups.  Relations  com- 
mercial and  political  with  the  United  States  and  European 
countries. 

History  and  Civics. 

English  history  from  1603  with  related  European  and  American 
history.  Civics.  Comparison  of  the  powers  and  duties  of  the 
King  and  Parliament  of  Great  Britain  with  those  of  the  Presi- 
dent, Cabinet  and  Congress  of  the  United  States. 

Latin. 

Easy  Latin  Method  (Harkness) .  Systematic  drill  in  pronuncia- 
tion. Syntax  of  the  cases  and  the  verb.  Translation  of  simple 
prose  into  Latin.     (Roman  pronunciation.) 

EIGHTH  GRADE 

Christian  Doctrine. 

Commandments  of  God.  Precepts  of  the  Church.  Duties  of 
Religion. 

Grammar. 

Text-book  used  chiefly  as  a  reference.  Corrections  of  common 
errors  through  the  discovery  of  good  usage  and  the  application 
of  the  rules  of  grammar. 

[54] 


Composition. 

Study  of  single  and  related  paragraphs  of  narration  and  of  de- 
scription selected  from  literature.  Writing  similar  paragraphs 
from  topics.     Compositions  from  outlines. 

Spelling. 

Selected  words.     Synonyms.     Use  of  the  dictionary. 

Memorizing. 

Prose  and  poetry  including  extracts  from  the  literature  used  for 
appreciative  study. 

Reading. 

Appreciative  reading  of  at  least  one  masterpiece  of  prose  and 
one  of  poetry.     Use  of  library  books. 

Mathematics. 

General  review  of  the  mathematical  course. 

Algebra. 

Fractions.  The  introduction  of  equations  involving  two  un- 
known equations  and  their  application  to  the  solution  of 
problems. 

Geography. 

Location  of  places  associated  with  current  events. 

History  and  Civics. 

American  history.  From  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States  to  the  present  time  with  related  European 
history.  Civics.  Forms  of  colonial  government.  The  Articles 
of  Confederation.     The  Constitution  of  the  United  States. 

Latin. 

Grammar  continued,  noting  especially  relative,  subjunctive  and 
conditional  sentences. 


[55] 


THE  SCHOOL  OF  MUSIC 


PIANO  DEPARTMENT 

RECOGNIZING  the  value  of  Music  as  an  element  in  education,, 
this  department  offers  courses,  the  aim  of  which  is  to  lay  a 
foundation  of  musical  knowledge,  that  will  enable  the  student 
to  appreciate  the  beautiful  in  Music  because  its  structural  nature 
is  understood. 

The  department  is  equipped  with  a  Sohmer  grand  piano  for 
concert  purposes,  and  Stieff  upright  pianos  for  practice  purposes. 

All  students  of  this  department  are  expected  to  enter  one  of  the 
Theory  Classes  and  to  take  an  active  part  in  recitals. 

A  well  selected  musical  library  affords  opportunity  to  become 
acquainted  with  Musicians  and  their  works. 

In  addition  to  the  regular  courses  of  study  in  Music  History, 
students  sufficiently  advanced  have  the  privilege  of  membership  in 
the  B  Sharp  Club.  The  election  of  new  members,  however,  is. 
left  to  the  Club  and  its  officers. 

The  regular  Course  of  Study  is  divided  into : 
I.    The  Preparatory  Course. 
II.    The  Intermediate  Course. 
III.     The  Graduating  Course. 

The  Preparatory  Course  is  divided  into  five  grades.  Pupils  will 
be  advanced  as  rapidly  as  their  work  permits.  Four  to  five  years 
is  ordinarily  required  to  finish  the  Course.  Upon  its  completion  a 
testimonial  is  awarded.  The  candidate,  however,  is  required  to 
undergo  a  public  examination  before  the  Music  faculty. 

A  silver  medal  is  awarded  to  students  who  complete  the  Inter- 
mediate Course.     As  a  mark  of  proficiency  each   candidate  must 

[56] 


give  a  public  recital.     The  selections    on    the    program    must   be 
rendered  from  memory. 

A  gold  medal  and  a  certificate  in  Music  are  bestowed  on  those 
who  successfully  complete  the  entire  prescribed  course.  Candidates 
are  required  to  give  evidence  of  their  musical  and  technical  pro- 
ficiency in  a  public  recital. 

Throughout  the  course  public  recitals  are  given  by  the  advanced 
pupils  as  often  as  is  consistent  with  the  regular  work  of  the  students. 

PREPARATORY  COURSE 

In  Elementary  Grades  special  attention  is  given  to  technic  for 
forming  hand  position,  muscular  development,  melodic  construc- 
tion, and  ear  training. 

This  course  includes  Elementary  Studies  Op.  190;  Op.  157: 
Op.  151  Kohler;  Diabelli  Op.  125.  Introduction  to  Phrasing,, 
Matthews ;  Le  Couppey,  Op.  17;  Kohler,  Op.  242;  Loeschorn,  Op. 
65  and  66;  Wolff,  Op.  109;  Heller,  Op.  45  and  46;  Bach,  Easy 
Preludes.  Sonatinas  by  Clementi,  Diabelli,  Kuhlau.  Pieces  at 
the  discretion  of  the  teacher. 

(a)  Examination  for  testimonial:  Construction  and  velocity  of 
Major  Scales  and  Minor  Scales  (harmonic  and  melodic),  (b)  Stu- 
dent must  be  able  to  play  Sonatina  Op.  20,  No  2,  Kuhlau,  from 
memory,  (c)  Student  must  have  completed  and  passed  a  success- 
ful written  examination  on  theory. 

INTERMEDIATE  COURSE 

COURSE  I. — Technical  Studies 

Le  Couppey  Op.  26;  Kohler  Op.  242;  Cramer- Von  Bulow, 
Fifty  Selected  Studies,  Bk.  1;  Heller,  Art  of  Phrasing,  Vol.  1; 
Bach,  Easy  Preludes  and  Fugues  (completed) ;  Scales — Thirds, 
Sixths,  Tenths.  Sonatas  by  Haydn,  Mozart  and  Beethoven. 
Mendelssohn's  Songs  Without  Words. 

[57] 


COURSE  II. — Technical  Studies 

Le  Couppey  Op.  26,  (completed) ;  MacDowell,  Twelve  Etudes 
for  Technique  and  Style ;  Bach,  Two-part  Inventions.  Scales 
and  Arpeggios  (continued).  Sonatas  Beethoven  and  Mozart. 
Selections  Mendelssohn,  Chaminade,  Schumann  (chamber 
music). 

COURSE  III. — Technical  Studies 

Raff,  Etudes  Melodiques  (two  required) ;  Czerny,  Art  of  Dex- 
terity; Krause,  Studies  for  left  hand;  Bach,  Three-part  Inven- 
tions. 

A  public  recital  is  required  on  the  completion  of  this  grade. 
Students  must  have  completed  two  courses  in  Music  History. 

GRADUATING  COURSE 

COURSE  IV. — Technical  Studies 

Clementi,  Gradus  ad  Parnassum,  Bk.  1 ;  Bach',  Well  Tempered 
Clavichord;  Moscheles,  Op.  70;  Kullak,  Seven  Octave  Studies 
(or  Newpert,  Twelve  Octave  Studies).  Sonatas,  (selected). 
Selections  from  Chopin,  Mendelssohn,  Grieg,  Raff  and  others. 

COURSE  V. 

Bach,  Well  Tempered  Clavichord;  Seeling,  Twelve  Concert 
Studies;  MacDowell,  Etudes  de  Concert;  Liszt,  Etudes  de 
Concert;  Chopin,  Selections  from  Op.  10  or  Op.  25. 

COURSE  VI. — Interpretation 

This  Course  is  devoted  largely  to  interpretation  and  the  prepa- 
ration for  a  public  recital. 

THEORY  OF  MUSIC 

COURSE  I. 

Music  as  a  language,  notation,  pitch,  duration,  force,  color; 
tempo,  intervals.  Major  scales.  Lectures  and  reference  work. 
One  hour  weekly  for  a  year.     Weekly  written  exercises  demon- 

[58] 


strating  the  rudiments  of  Music  are  required.  Exercise  text: 
"Writing  Primer",  Morris. 

COURSE  II. 

Intervals  and  major  scales  reviewed,  minor  scales,  musical 
terms,  embellishments,  musical  form. 

One  hour  weekly  for  one  year.  Morris,  "Writing  Primer'' 
(completed) . 

HISTORY  OF  MUSIC 

COURSE  I. 

Music  of  antique  races,  first  Christian  centuries,  Minnesing- 
ers, Meistersingers,  etc  ;  schools  of  music  ;  Palestrina  and  the 
Roman  Schools  ;  Scarlatti;  the  Renaissance;  rise  of  opera  and 
oratorio  ;  the  German  chorale  ;  instruments  and  instrumental 
music  in  sixteenth  and  beginning  of  seventeenth  centuries. 
Text-book:  History  of  Music,  Baltzell. 

COURSE  II. 

Bach  and  Handel,  Haydn,  Mozart  and  Beethoven;  the  romantic 
composers;  dramatic  music  in  Italy,  France  and  Germany; 
Wagner  and  his  music  dramas ;  composers  of  the  last  twenty- 
five  years. 


[59] 


ART 

The  chief  aim  of  this  department  is  to  impart  a  practical  knowl- 
edge of  form,  color,  and  design,  and  to  develop  the  student's  power 
of  observation  and  appreciation  of  the  true  and  beautiful  in  nature 
and  in  art. 

After  completing  the  Elementary  Course,  students  may  com- 
mence work  in  water  colors,  oil  or  pastel.  Two  years  are  required 
in  water  color  and  three  years  in  oil. 


ELOCUTION 

In  addition  to  private  lessons  given  twice  a  week,  a  class  in 
Elocution  is  maintained,  in  which  careful  attention  is  given  to  cor- 
rect articulation,  easy  and  natural  expression  and  grace  of  move- 
ment and  gesture. 


PHYSICAL  CULTURE 

Careful  attention  is  given  to  the  physical  development  of  the 
student.  Aside  from  the  out-door  sports,  which  receive  every  en- 
couragement, strict  attention  is  given  in  the  Calisthenics  Depart- 
ment, to  the  acquirement  of  great  freedom  and  mobility  of  the 
joints  and  muscles  of  the  body  in  order  to  promote  health  and 
give  grace  to  attitude  and  action. 


SEWING 

From  their  entrance  pupils  are  instructed  in  the  use  of  the 
needle.  Great  care  is  given  to  mending  and  darning;  they  are 
taught  every  variety  of  embroidery  and  fancy  needle  work. 

No  extra  charge  is  exacted. 

[60] 


< 
Oh 

H 


GENERAL  REMARKS 


TO  PARENTS 

IN  placing  your  daughters  with  us,  we  earnestly  invite  your  con- 
fidence, co-operation  and  sympathy.     If  we  know  your  wishes, 
we  will  try  to  comply  with  them  as  far  as  possible.     Our  system 
of  government  is  not  rigid,  and  in  order  to  insure  the  best  results, 
we  request  parents  not  to  ask  permission  for  their  daughters  which 
conflict  with  our  regulations. 

The  scholastic  year  is  divided  into  two  semesters,  the  first  com- 
mencing the  early  part  of  September;  the  second  the  first  Monday 
in  February.  Students  are  received  at  any  time  during  the  year, 
but  for  no  shorter  period  than  five  months;  if  they  enter  within 
the  first  four  weeks,  the  charge  will  be  from  the  opening  day;  en- 
tering later,  they  will  be  charged  from  date  of  entrance. 

No  advance  for  clothing,  dentistry,  stationery,  etc.,  will  be 
made  should  the  charge  of  providing  these  devolve  upon  the  in- 
stitution, unless  equivalent  sums  be  first  deposited.  A  charge  of 
fifteen  cents  extra  is  made  for  each  meal  served  in  the  students' 
private  rooms  or  in  the  dormitory. 

Pocket  money  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer,  and 
students  are  required  to  keep  an  account  of  their  expenditures  and 
send  a  monthly  statement  to  parents.  No  students  will  be  permit- 
ted to  overdraw  their  deposits.  A  monthly  allowance  is  recom- 
mended as  tending  to  give  a  young  woman  a  proper  sense  of  the 
value  of  money,  and  of  her  responsibility  in  the  use  of  it. 

Strangers  placing  their  daughters  at  the  College  are  required  to 
furnish  approved  business  and  social  references. 

When  parents  wish  to  have  their  daughters  sent  home  they 
must  give  timely  notice,  settle  all  accounts,  and  supply  means  to 
defray  travelling  expenses. 

[61] 


Parents  or  guardians  wishing  to  visit  their  daughters  will  re- 
ceive board  and  lodging  for  one  day  and  a  night,  or  coming  from 
a  distance,  for  two  days  and  a  night  at  reasonable  rates.  Our  lim- 
ited accomodations  for  guests  make  it  necessary  for  us  to  formulate 
this  rule. 

All  requests  for  privileges  and  absences  should  be  made  to  the 
Directress,  not  sent  through  the  letters  from  home  to  the  students. 
It  is  understood  that  those  who  place  their  daughters  here  accept 
these  terms  and  provisions  of  the  College. 

Letters  written  or  received  by  the  students  are  subject  to  in- 
spection, thus  preventing  all  objectionable  correspondence.  Sen- 
sational reading  matter  will  not  be  delivered. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  please  furnish  the  Directress  with  a 
list  of  those  friends  with  whom  they  wish  their  daughters  or  wards 
to  correspond. 

A  copy  of  the  wardrobe  regulations  will  be  furnished  to  parents 
upon  request.  Parents  are  requested  to  see  that  their  daughters 
are  supplied  with  sufficient  clothing  suitable  for  the  change  of  the 
seasons,  as  neglect  on  this  point  is  a  source  of  great  inconvenience 
to  the  Sisters. 

TO  STUDENTS 

It  is  most  desirable  that  students  should  enter  at  the  beginning 
of  the  Semester,  and  also  return  promptly  to  the  College  upon  the 
close  of  the  holidays.  Those  who  do  not  return  to  resume  work 
on  the  appointed  day  will  be  graded  accordingly,  and  have  no  claim 
to  class  honors. 

Students  are  not  permitted  to  take  up  extra  branches  without  a 
written  permission  from  parents  or  guardians. 

If  students  wish  to  invite  visitors  they  will  consult  the  Direct- 
ress. Recitations  must  not  be  discontinued  during  the  visits  of 
parents  or  friends  without  special  permission. 

[62] 


Students  will  not  be  excused  under  any  condition  from  class 
for  the  purpose  of  shopping  in  the  city,  or  keeping  unnecessary 
engagements. 

Damage  to  furniture  or  buildings  will  be  charged  to  student 
responsible. 

Music  left  upon  the  pianos  or  in  the  practice  rooms  will  be 
forfeited,  until  redeemed  by  the  student. 

The  college  will  not  hold  itself  responsible  for  any  loss  of 
jewelry. 

Needed  dentistry  should  be  attended  to  before  the  opening  of 
the  year. 


TERMS 


(Payable  each  session  of  Jive  months  in  advance) 

Matriculation  Fee  (payable  at  first  entrance  only) $     5.00 

Board,  Tuition  (Greek,  Latin  and  modern  languages  included),  Physical 

Culture,  Fancy  Work  and  Plain  Sewing,  a  session  of  five  months 105.00 

(From  this  there  is  no  deduction  in  case  of  withdrawal) 

Preparatory  Department,  a  session 90.00 

Private  Room,  for  one  year  (according  to  size  and  situation) ....  50.  to  100.00 

Library  Fee 1.50 

For  chemicals  and  breakage  in  the  laboratories 10.00 

Piano  lessons  and  daily  use  of  instrument,  1  hour  daily,  a  session  ....  25.00 

Use  of  piano,  for  each  extra  hour  of  practice 5.00 

Mandolin  lessons,  a  session 10.00 

Organ  lessons  and  use  of  instrument 30.00 

Painting  in  Oil  or  in  Water  Colors 10.00 

Fee  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts 10.00 

Fee  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Accounts 5.00 

Subscription  to  the  Sacred  Heart  Echoes 1.00 

College  Cap 1.50 

Board  during  summer  vacations 50.00 


'o 


[63] 


Lessons  in  Elocution,  Voice  and  Dancing  at  Professor's  prices. 
Professor  will  not  be  engaged  unless  there  be  a  sufficient  number 
to  form  a  class. 

A  reduction  of  ten  per  cent  is  allowed  on  board  and  tuition  for 
two  or  more  of  a  family. 

The  Piano  and  Organ  are  the  only  musical  instruments  fur- 
nished by  the  College. 

Payments  for  each  session  are  required  in  advance.  Only  in 
very  special  cases  will  monthly  payments  be  allowed,  and  even  then, 
session  prices  will  be  charged.  Honors  will  not  be  conferred  upon 
pupils  whose  debts  to  the  College  remain  unpaid. 

Books,  Stationery,  Music,  etc.,  can  be  procured  at  the  College 
at  current  prices. 

Remittances  should  be  made  by  Bank  Draft,  Check,  Express 
or  Money  Order  on  Belmont. 

Applications  should  be  addressed  to 

Secretary,  Sacred  Heart  College, 

Belmont,  Gaston  County, 

North  Carolina. 


[64] 


SOCIETIES 


RELIGIOUS 


SODALITY  OF  THE  IMMACULATE  CONCEPTION 

The  object  of  this  pious  association  is  to  inculcate  in  the  hearts 
of  its  members  a  tender  and  child-like  devotion  to  the  Mother  of 
God,  their  Patroness,  in  whom  they  place  all  confidence,  and  whose 
admirable  virtues  they  endeavor  to  copy  in  their  own  lives,  striv- 
ing on  all  occasions  to  give  edification  and  to  perform  their  respect- 
ive duties  with  diligence  and  fidelity. 


THE  LEAGUE  OF  THE  SACRED  HEART 

This  association  has  for  its  object  the  advancement  of  the  glory 
of  God  and  the  salvation  of  souls.  Its  aim  is  to  procure,  by  union 
of  prayer,  a  perpetual  and  uninterrupted  worship  of  adoration,  love 
and  reparation  to  that  Adorable  Heart,  wounded  by  the  forgetful- 
ness  of  men. 


SOCIAL  CLUBS 

Connected  with  the  College,  High  School  and  Grammar  School 
are  Literary  Societies,  Music  and  Social  Clubs.  These  societies 
are  controlled  by  the  students,  under  the  direction  of  members  of 
the  Faculty. 


[65] 


SACRED  HEART  ECHOES 

In  order  to  elevate  the  literary  standard  of  the  Sacred  Heart 
College,  to  cultivate  the  taste  of  the  pupils,  and  to  serve  as  an 
impetus  to  earnest  efforts  in  the  English  classes,  a  magazine  is 
published  quarterly,  under  the  title,  "Sacred  Heart  Echoes."  In 
addition  to  the  poems  and  essays  of  the  students,  its  columns  con- 
tain the  reports  of  those  pupils  who  receive  certificates  of  excellence 
in  conduct  and  in  the  various  branches  of  study,  besides  items  of 
general  interest  to  pupils,  friends  and  parents. 

That  the  young  aspirants  may  be  spurred  to  greater  efforts,  con- 
tributions from  the  former  graduates  will  be  occasionally  published. 


NEEDS  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

As  the  College  is  without  endowment,  depending  solely  on 
tuition  fees,  its  work  is  necessarily  limited.  It  is  our  earnest  effort 
to  keep  abreast  of  the  times,  to  be  on  an  equal  footing  with  other 
institutions  of  high  standing,  and  to  offer  the  benefits  of  higher 
education  to  young  women  who  would  otherwise  be  debarred  from 
such  advantages.  To  do  this,  funds  are  required  for  additional 
buildings  and  foundations  for  scholarships.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that 
those  whom  Providence  has  favored  with  wealth  will  lend  a  help- 
ing hand  in  this  good  work. 

A  full  scholarship  of  $5,000  will  board  and  educate  a  student 
as  long  as  the  institution  exists,  and  lesser  endowments  for  shorter 
periods  of  time.  The  names  of  the  benefactors  will  be  given  to 
all  foundations  for  scholarships,  and  the  founder  will  have  the 
privilege  of  appointing  the  student. 


[66] 


w 
o 
w 

J 
O 

u 

w 

X 
H 


w 
o 


IIIIIIIIIIIIIIMI, III, Mill, II1IIHN 


Saint  Leo's  Hall 


PlllllirillllMllltMlllllllllllllllMNMIMII 


JOR  MANY  YEARS  the  need  of  a  prepara- 
tory school  for  small  boys  has  been  keenly 
felt  in  North  Carolina.  Yielding  to  the 
repeated  entreaties  of  friends  and  those 
interested  in  the  work  of  the  Sisters  of  Mercy,  they 
have  opened  St.  Leo's  Hall  to  fill  this  void  and  prepare 
boys  for  Belmont  Abbey  College. 

The  Sisters  in  charge  manifest  a  motherly  care  for 
the  students,  and  strive,  by  gaining  their  affection,  to 
make  light  and  pleasant  what  otherwise  would  be 
naturally  irksome. 

In  their  walks,  at  recreation,  in  the  dining  hall  and 
dormitories,  the  students  are  under  the  constant  super- 
vision of  the  Sisters  and  are  thus  trained  to  habits  of 
regularity,  application  and  politeness. 

Thorough  and  comprehensive  instruction  in  all 
elementary  branches  of  an  English  education  is  im- 
parted, together  with  a  rudimentary  knowledge  of 
Latin,  French  and  German.  Drawing,  Painting,  and 
Music  are  taught  at  moderate  rates. 

The  recreation  and  exercise  in  the  fresh  air  after 
each  period  of  study  unbend  the  mind  and  prepare  the 
boys  to  return  to  their  classes  refreshed  and  ready  for 
work. 


r "  ' '  - ■ .  1 1 .  ■■  I i : ,  1 1 1 1 1 '  I .  J I .  I F I  M L 1 1 J 1 1 1 1 J .  I L 1 1  1 1 M  •  1 1  1 1  <  I  1 1  - I  I  r  1  M 1 1  M  11  ■  ■  M 1 1  ■  I )  J  M  I  I  U  M  L 1 1  ■ 1 L 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1  M  M  M  I  1 1 1 1 1 1  >  1 1 J  M  M b  1 1 4 )  1  M  L 1 1 1 1  M  1 1 1 1  r  I  [  I  h  I  M  M  1 1 1 1 1  U I  H r  1 1  j  f  1 1 . 1  M  1 1  M  k  =  M  L I  M  1 1 


=  [  I  m  1 1 1 1 r  j  I J J  i J  i  ■  t  ■  i  J j  i  j  1 1 1 1  l  i  > J  <  i  l  1 1 1 1 J t i j  n  ■  j r  i  e  J 1 1  r  j  i  j  1 1  l  1 1 1 1 J  i  ]  m  ( J  M 1 1  ( J 1 1  •  1 1 J  i  J  i 1 1 1  r 1 1 1 J  i  n j  » I  l  1 1  j  1 1 1 1  r  j 1  r j 1 1 1  c  j i  r  ■  1 1 1 1  l  ■  l  ■  1 1 1  ■  i  ■  1 1  j  ■  I  ■  j  ■  j  i = 

The  Sisters  preside  at  the  toilet:  —  see  to  all  the 
needs  and  to  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  the  stu- 

1  dents.     Great  care  is  taken  that  the  boys  be  neatly 

dressed,    and   that   the    clothing   be  suitable  for  the 

I  season. 

The  Hall  is  not  endowed;    it  is  entirely  dependent 
|  for  support  on  fees  paid  for  board,  tuition,  etc. 

!  Payments  for  each  session  are  required  in  advance.  \ 

I  Only  in  very  special  cases  will  monthly  payments  be  \ 

allowed,  and  even  then  session  prices  will  be  charged.  r 

I  Classes  begin  the  second  Thursday  in  September  at 

|  eight  A.M.     The  Hall  will  be  open  for  the  reception 

and  classification  of  students  two  days  before. 

For  further  particulars  address 

SISTER  DIRECTRESS, 
|  St.  Leo's  Hall, 

I  Belmont,  North  Carolina. 


aillllliinillHHIIHIIIIIiiUllltlllllMIINIIUIIIIIII(MllllllNIIMIIIiN[||lllllllilllMIIMNIIUUIIIIIIIIIillllllllllltllillllllllll<ililllllllllllllilllillliNlllililHIIIIIIII UN I lUiHIJUHHI UJIIIHMU IIIH 111111111(11111  - 


BELMONT   ABBEY 
COLLEGE 


rHIS  BOARDING  COLLEGE  for  Boys 
and  Young  Men,  is  located  near  Sacred 
Heart  College.     It  is  under  the  admin- 
istration of  the  Benedictine  Fathers. 
Careful  moral  and  religious   training  is   com- 
bined with  the  best  methods  of  mental  and  phys- 
ical development. 

Situated  in  North  Carolina's  healthiest  section 
it  affords  exceptional  facilities  for  out-door  athletic 
sports  the  year  round. 

Collegiate,  Academic  and  Commercial  Depart- 
ments. 

Terms  moderate.     Send  for  Catalogue. 

REV.  RECTOR, 

Belmont  Abbey  College, 

Belmont,  N.  C. 


I 


Sectored  ^r4eairt 

sjvmior  ^otteae  and  ^icaaemu 


BELMONT,  NORTH  CAROLINA 


4   Dedicated  to  the  service  of  God  in  the  moulding  of  char-    I 
acters  who  will  further  the  cause  of  America's  greatness.   J» 


ACADEMIC  RECOGNITION 


SACRED  HEART  JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

Accredited  by: 
The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education 

Affiliated  to 
The  Catholic  University  of  America 


Member  of 

The  North  Carolina  College  Conference 
The  American  Association  of  Junior  Colleges 
The  National  Catholic  Educational  Association 


«  3  » 


THE  CALENDAR 

THE  SCHOLASTIC  YEAR 

1940 

September  6-7 — Registration  for  the  Academy. 

September  9 — Classes  begin  for  the  Academy  Students. 

September  10-11 — Registration  for  College  Students. 

September  12 — College  classes  begin. 

September  15 — Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Invocation  in  the  Abbey 

Cathedral. 
September  24 — Mercy  Day  (Holiday). 
November    1 — Feast  of  All  Saints  (Holiday). 
November  28 — Thanksgiving  Day  (Holiday). 
December    8 — Feast  of  the  Immaculate  Conception  (Holiday). 
December  20 — Christmas  holidays  begin  at  3:15  P.  M. 

1941 

January    6 — Classes  resumed  8:30  A.  M. 

January  27-31 — Semester  Examinations. 

February    1 — Second  Semester  begins. 

April    9— Easter  Holidays  begin  3 :15  P.  M. 

April  15 — Classes  Resumed  8:30  A.  M. 

May  22 — Feast  of  the  Ascension  (Holiday). 

May  28-June  3 — Final  Examinations. 

June    1 — Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Thanksgiving;  Baccalaureate 
Sermon. 

June    4 — Commencement:  Conferring  of  Diplomas  and  Certificates. 


«  4  » 


ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 


Rev.  Mother  M.  Raphael,  R.N. 
President 

Sister  M.  Columba,  M.S. 
Dean 

Sister  M.  Angela,  A.M. 
Dean  of  Instruction  and  Registrar 

Rev.  Father  Sebastian  Doris  O.S.B.,  A.M. 

Chaplain 

Sister  M.  Genevieve,  A.B. 
Treasurer 

Sister  M.  Stephen,  M.S. 

Sister  M.  Inez,  A.M. 

Sister  M.  Benignus,  A.M. 

Deans  of  Discipline 

Sister  M.  Helen,  A.M.,  B.S.  in  L.S. 
Librarian 

Sam'l  L.  Albright,  M.D. 

Attending  Physician 


«  5  » 


FACULTY 

Rev.  Father  Gregory  O.S.B.,  A.B.  Belmont  Abbey,  A.M.  Notre  Dame 
University,  Special  Student  Davidson  College 

Religion 

Rev.  Mother  M.  Raphael,  R.N.  Mercy  Hospital 
First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing 

Sister  M.  Genevieve,  A.B.  Catholic  University,  Graduate  Student 

Catholic  University 
Psychology,  Hygiene 

Sister  M.  Maura,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 
French,  German 

Sister  M.  Angela,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 
Spanish,  Latin 

Sister  M.  Columba,  A.B.,  M.S.  Catholic  University,  Special  Student 

University  of  Pittsburgh 

Biology,  Mathematics 

Sister  M.  Helen,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University,  B.S.  in  L.S. 

George  Peabody  Institute 

History,  Library  Science 

Sister  M.  deSales,  A.B.  Catholic  University 
History,  Religion 

Sister  M.  Teresa,  B.S.  in  B.A.  Nazareth  College,  Graduate  Student 

Womens  College  of  University  of  North  Carolina 

Secretarial  Science,  Art 

Sister  M.  Immaculata,  B.M.  Catholic  University,  Master  of  Music 

Carnegie  Institute 
Music 

Sister  M.  Stephen,  A.B.  Mt.  Mercy  College,  M.S.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Chemistry,  Mathematics 

Sister  M.  Inez,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 
Music 

Sister  M.  Benignus,  A.B.  Mt.  Mercy  College,  A.M.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

English 

John  B.  Houren,  B.M.  St.  Lawrence  Conservatory,  Special  Student 

University  of  Wisconsin 

Choral  Director 

Miss  Helen  K.  Knopp,  Ph.B.  University  of  Chicago,  Graduate 

Student  University  of  Chicago 

English,  French 

Miss  Catherine  A.  Bogan,  B.S.  State  Teachers  College,  Pennsylvania 
Physical  Education,  Social  Science 


«  6  » 


THE  SACRED  HEART 
JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

AND 

ACADEMY 

The  Sacred  Heart  College  was  established  at  Belmont, 
N.  C,  in  1892.  The  Most  Reverend  Leo  Haid  O.S.B.,  D.D., 
Bishop  and  Vicar  Apostolic,  was  an  eminent  educator  as 
well  as  an  executive.  He  recognized  the  need  for  a  Chris- 
tian educational  institute  to  train  young  women  for  full 
living.  To  this  end  he  invited  the  Sisters  of  Mercy  to  open 
a  boarding  school  close  to  Belmont  Abbey  College.  The 
school  was  begun  as  a  high-class  academy,  wherein  grade 
and  secondary  courses  were  offered.  The  school  grew  in 
importance.  In  September,  1935,  a  Junior  College  curricu- 
lum was  added.  In  1940  six  standard  courses  are  being 
offered  by  a  faculty  possessed  of  all  requisite  degrees. 
The  Sacred  Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  is  in- 
corporated under  the  laws  of  North  Carolina,  chartered 
by  the  State  Legislature  as  of  1904. 

LOCATION 

The  Academy  is  situated  near  the  foothills  of  the  Blue 

~.f        Ridge  Mountains,  at  an  altitude  of  800  feet.  It  is 

eleven  miles  southwest  of  Charlotte,  on  the  main 

line  of  the  Southern  Railroad  but  may  be  quickly  reached 

by  car  or  bus  from  Charlotte. 

The  grounds,  covering  an  area  of  100  acres,  present  a 
pleasing  vista  of  well-kept  lawns  and  inviting  woodlands. 
r  •  ,  A  shaded  avenue  leads  to  the  main  buildings. 
Cement  and  gravel  walks  give  access  to  various 
parts  of  the  grounds  and  to  a  sheltered  pergola  and  large 
pavilion  which  furnish  secluded  retreats.  The  extensive 
playgrounds  afford  ample  opportunities  for  outdoor 
amusements  and  such  healthful  exercise  as  basketball, 
baseball,  volleyball,  and  tennis. 


«  7  » 


So  delightful  is  the  dry,  healthful  climate  of  this 
section  of  North  Carolina  that  it  has  become  proverbial. 
^y  .  The  winter  season  continues  only  for  a  short 
time  and  is  never  severe.  The  gentle  undulating 
land,  the  groves  of  lofty  pines,  and  the  distant  views  of 
Mount  Spencer  and  historic  King's  Mountain  offer  a 
pleasing  variety  of  scenery  and  contribute  much  to  the 
health  and  pleasure  of  the  student. 

BUILDINGS  AND  APPOINTMENTS 

The  buildings,  in  Italian  Romanesque,  are  absolutely 
fireproof.  They  have  exterior  facings  of  brick  with  stone 
trimmings,  giving  one  the  impression  of  great  strength 
and  durability  combined  with  architectural  beauty. 
Interiorly  the  rooms  are  bright,  cheerful  and  well- 
ventilated  by  built-in  air  ducts. 

On  the  first  floor  of  the  new  building  are  the  reception 

rooms,  office,  guests'  dining  room  and  guests'  bedrooms, 

.  ,        .  .     ,.      t,  .,,.         library,  reading  room  and  phys- 
Admmistration  Building    .     .       '       .     .  .    ,  .  .     .     , 

ical,    chemical,    and    biological 

laboratories.  The  second  floor  is  entirely  devoted  to  class- 
rooms and  study  halls.  The  third  floor  contains  a  number 
of  private  rooms,  an  isolated  infirmary  suite  with  private 
corridor  and  the  dormitories.  The  entire  plant  is  connected 
by  a  private  inter-communicating  telephone  system. 

The  recreation  halls  are  tastefully  furnished  with 
t?  *•      tj  11      rocking  chairs,  cushions,  tables,  piano, 

radio,    etc.    Every    effort    is    made   to 
render  the  recreation  hours  as  pleasant  as  possible. 

The  Infirmary  is  arranged  especially  for  the  comfort 
of  the  sick  and  those  requiring  rest  or  temporary  relief 
m,     j  fi  from  study.  A  special  Prefect  is  charged 

with  the  supervision  of  the  health  of  the 
students.  In  case  of  sickness  the  pupil  is  taken  to  the 
Infirmary,  where  she  is  placed  under  the  care  of  a  trained 
nurse,  who  is  in  constant  attendance,  and  if  necessary, 
medical  advice  is  secured  at  physician's  charges. 


«  8  » 


The  library  is  the  center  of  the  students'  cultural  and 
educational  activities.  The  rooms  are  large,  well  venti- 
T  .,  lated,  and  scientifically  lighted.  The  stacks  are 

of  green  steel.  Quartered  oak  desks,  reading 
tables,  and  chairs  are  provided.  The  books  are  sufficient 
in  number  and  modernity  to  meet  all  Conference  require- 
ments. Encyclopedias  are  up-to-date.  Reference  books  are 
the  best.  History  treatises  are  authoritative.  The  sciences, 
both  the  physical  and  social,  are  well  represented.  Liter- 
ature is  sufficient:  the  Shakesperianna  is  particularly 
complete  and  useful.  Modern  light  literature  is  provided  in 
abundance  of  leisure  reading.  The  Periodical  section  con- 
tains many  of  the  cultural  and  popular  magazines  and 
newspapers.  The  library  has  been  catalogued,  and  each 
student  is  taught  to  use  the  index  files  and  the  standard 
periodical  indices.  A  certified  librarian  is  in  constant 
attendance  to  guide  and  direct. 

The  entire  group  of  buildings  is  equipped  in  the  most 

up-to-date  fashion.  The  new  power  house  (and  laundry) 

ti     *.      j  T  •  n      placed  one  hundred  feet  to  the  rear, 
Heat  and  Light  ,.        ,,  ,  ,      ,  , 

supplies,   through  concrete  tunnels,  a 

vapor  system  of  steam-heating  and  circulating  hot  water 

supply  for  baths  and  lavatories,  and  an  electric  current 

for  the  motors  and  lighting  system. 

The  Dining  Room  is  furnished  with  everything  to 
I*.   .      n  make  it  home-like  and  pleasant.  The  table 

is  served  with  nutritious  food  of  the  best 
quality  and  of  a  pleasing  variety. 

A  new  kitchen  has  been  added  which  has  tiled  floor 

and  walls,  and  is  supplied  with  every  modern  culinary 

Tr.±  ,  device,  such  as  steam  tables,  electric  ranges  and 

Kitchen     ,    ,  , ,  ,  , .  .   .       -,  - 

bake  ovens ;  the  pantry  adjoining  has  a  fine 

arrangement  of  refrigerated  rooms  for  meat,  dairy  and 

vegetable  storage. 

The  Bath  Rooms  are  handsomely  finished  in  marble 
R  ,,  R  and  tile  and  display  the  latest  in  shower, 

bath  tubs,  wash  and  dental  stands. 


«  9  » 


VICTORY  HALL 

This  wing  is  a  concrete,  fireproof  structure,  128x44 
feet.  Three  stories  in  height  it  contains  the  music  and 
practice  rooms,  students'  private  rooms,  lavatories,  art 
studios,  and  auditorium. 

They  are  furnished  with  a  view  to  secure  the  comfort 

of  the  individual  student.  The  furniture  consists  of  an 

„,    ,      .  ,  „  enamel  bed,  a  built-in  mirrored  ward- 

Students  Rooms         .  ,        .         ,  , . 

robe,    a    dressing    table,    stationary 

basin,  rocking  chair,  and  one  straight  chair,  and  writing 

desk.  Bed  linen,  rugs  and  curtains  are  furnished  by  the 

institution  without  extra  charge. 

The  Auditorium  has  a  seating  capacity  of  six  hundred. 

np,      .     ,.,     .  It  is  furnished  with  handsome  opera 

The  Auditorium         ,    .  ....  ,  , 

chairs,  artistic  scenery  sets,  cyclorama 

and  velvet  folding  curtain. 

The   Music   Rooms    are   well-ventilated,    heated    and 

•»»•     .    „  lighted.   They   are   furnished   with   Stieff 

Music  Rooms    _. 

Pianos. 


«io» 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The   Sacred   Heart   Junior   College   and   Academy   is 

conducted  for  the  education  of  the  "whole"  student.  The 

„  Sisters  hold  as  their  constant  objective  the 

i  uriioses 

fitting  of  the  girl  for  living  in  school,  in  the 

world,  and  in  the  "hereafter".  They  never  lose  sight  of 
the  ultimate  or  final  end  of  each  student,  Heaven  and 
God ;  and  the  "living  of  a  full  life",  they  recognize,  as  the 
proper  means  to  this  final  end.  The  girl  is  taught  to 
respect  and  care  for  her  body  as  His  temple  of  an  im- 
mortal soul :  cleanliness  and  neatness  is  demanded,  simple 
hygienic  laws  are  enforced,  discriminating  exercises  are 
encouraged,  the  social  graces  are  inculcated.  The  mind  of 
the  girl  is  subjected  to  a  rather  rigorous  course  of  study: 
subject-matter  is  taught  with  the  intention  of  transfer- 
ring the  "multum  sed  non  multa",  text-book  assignments, 
class  room  lectures,  library  reading  must  be  done;  skills 
are  developed  by  supervised  study,  class  discussions, 
assigned  problems  for  written  and  oral  solution,  club 
work.  All  instruction,  be  it  cultural  or  vocational,  is  given 
for  use  in  living.  The  mind  and  the  body,  the  Sisters 
teach,  if  well  cared  for  and  affectively  used,  are  pass- 
ports to  God  and  His  Kingdom.  The  soul  is  the  director 
in  this  use.  Each  student,  regardless  of  denominational 
affiliations  or  preferences,  is  taught  the  precepts  of  Moral 
Law.  No  effort  is  spared  to  develop  a  consciousness  of 
responsibility  to  God.  Christian  Ethics  form  the  basis 
for  the  student's  whole  life. 

In  this  way  the  Sisters  try  to  fit  the  student  for  living 
life  in  its  fullness  for  home,  for  America,  and  for  God. 

The  Junior  College  has  a  twofold  educational  objec- 
tive :  first,  it  aims  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  girls  who  desire 
c  .fi  ..  to  continue  the  educational  process  in 
Senior  college,  and  second,  to  give  terminal, 
vocational  courses  to  girls  who  intend  to  begin  careers 
when  the  Junior  College  work  has  been  completed. 


« 11 » 


The  College  continuing-courses  are  standardized,  con- 
taining the  regular  Freshman  and  Sophomore  curricula 
as  demanded  by  the  colleges  in  the  Southern  Conference. 
Graduation  from  the  continuing-courses  at  the  Sacred 
Heart  gives  a  warrant  to  the  young  lady  to  enter,  uncon- 
ditioned, the  Junior  class  of  any  college  affiliated  to  the 
College  Conferences. 

The  College  terminal  courses  are  vocational,  each 
course  aims  to  fit  the  girl  with  cultural  and  technical 
knowledges  and  skills  that  will  equip  her  for  a  bread- 
winning  career.  From  these  curricula  girls  go  to  secre- 
tarial work,  nursing  schools,  and  laboratory  technician's 
courses. 

The  Junior  College  strives  to  graduate  cultured,  prac- 
tical, God-serving  young  ladies. 

Social  life  at  any  institution  of  learning  is  an  educa- 
tional force  in  promoting  the  graces  and  amenities  of 
q  •  i  t  -f  daily  intercourse,  bringing  out  the  ability  to 
entertain,  and  teaching  forgetfulness  of  self 
in  giving  pleasure  to  others.  For  this  reason  social  life 
among  the  students  is  encouraged,  but  under  no  condi- 
tions is  dissipation  permitted.  Attendance  upon  public 
entertainment  is  restricted  to  the  character  and  frequency 
of  such  occasion.  Private  social  or  club  gatherings  are 
usually  left  to  the  students  as  long  as  their  honorable 
and  reasonable  conduct  permits  the  concession.  It  is  the 
desire  of  the  faculty  to  promote  a  free,  and  joyous  student 
life,  consistent  with  good  work,  honor  and  good  order. 

The  National  Defense  program  makes  it  advisable  that 

the  country  be  provided  with  women  who  can  turn  to 

™  ,.  ,n.,.  ,  .  simple  nursing  procedures  with 
Practical  Citizenship      ,  ..,        .   .   ,    °        ,       .   .  ,     , . 

skill  and  intelligent  ministration. 

Elements  of  First  Aid  and  technique  of  Home  Nursing  are 
invaluable  acquisitions  for  any  woman  be  she  a  career- 
woman  or  a  home-maker.  At  the  Sacred  Heart  each  Soph- 
omore, regardless  of  course  pursued,  is  required  to  learn 
the  principles  and  practices  of  simple  asepsis,  steriliza- 
tion, bandaging,  temperature-taking,  charting,  dosaging, 


« 12  » 


bed-making,  etc.  Every  Sacred  Heart  graduate  will  be 
equipped  to  help  in  national  or  local  emergencies  and  to 
serve  efficiently  in  home  management. 

The  program  of  educational  activities  at  the  Sacred 
Heart  has  been  so  organized  as  to  enable  the  young  lady 
students  to  discover  their  worth,  vocations,  and  duties. 
They  are  taught  to  live  life  in  its  fulness  while  on  the 
campus  as  a  preparation  for  living  a  full  life  in  the  world. 
God,  their  final  objective,  is  attained  by  service  for  neigh- 
bor and  country  and  by  a  full  realization  of  self. 


« 13  » 


/junior'  L^olteae 

For  God,  for  Home,  for  Native  Land. 


ADMISSION 

The  requirements  for  entrance  are  graduation  from  a 
standard  high  school  and  the  ability — physical  and  intel- 
lectual— to  carry  on  work  of  college  grade.  Graduates 
from  accredited  high  schools  will  be  admitted  without 
examination.  They  must  present  entrance  credits  amount- 
ing to  fifteen  units  in  accordance  with  the  North  Carolina 
State  requirements  for  accredited  high  schools. 

GRADUATION 

The  Junior  College  diploma  is  given  to  students  who 
satisfactorily  complete  a  minimum  of  sixty  semester 
hours  of  college  work.  A  semester  hour  represents  one 
recitation  hour  a  week  for  a  half  year  of  college  work. 

HONORS 

College  honors  are  awarded  to  the  members  of  the 
graduating  class  who  have  maintained  throughout  their 
two  years  of  college  the  average  of  90%  in  scholarship. 

Class  honors  are  awarded  to  those  who  attain  an 
average  of  90%. 

Names  of  students  who  receive  honors  are  announced 
at  commencement  each  year. 

GRADES 

The  standing  of  a  student  is  determined  by  her  class 
work,  term  papers  and  semester  examinations. 


A+ 

95-100 

C— 

70 

A 

90-94 

D+ 

65-69 

B+ 

85-89 

D 

60-64 

B 

80-84 

F 

Failure 

c+ 

75-79 

I 

Incomplete 

C 

70-74 

Quality  points  are  given  on  an  academic  basis  only: 

Grade  A  3  points  per  semester  hour 

Grade  B  2  points  per  semester  hour 

Grade  C  1  point  per  semester  hour 

Grade  D  0  point  per  semester  hour 

Honors  will  be  awarded  to  those  students  who  have  a 
quality  point  index  of  2.5. 


17 


RECORD  OF  WORK 

Students  receive  two  reports  a  year.  These  are  sent 
to  parents  or  guardians  at  the  close  of  each  semester. 
At  the  close  of  the  first  semester,  reports  of  the  freshmen 
are  sent  to  the  principals  of  their  respective  secondary 
schools. 

The  filing  of  an  application  for  entrance  shall  be  re- 
garded as  both  an  evidence  and  a  pledge  that  the  applicant 
accepts  the  standards  and  regulations  of  Sacred  Heart 
Junior  College  and  Academy  and  agrees  to  abide  by  them. 

PRESCRIBED  COURSES 

CLASSICAL  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

Math  or  Latin 6 

Science  8 

English  and  Expression  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Modern  European  History 6 

Physical  Education — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Philosophy 6 

Political  Science 6 

Modern  Language  6 

Science  8 

Hygiene  4 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing  — 

36 


NURSING  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

Chemistry  8 

English  and  Expression  6 

Latin  or  Math 6 

Biology 8 

Modern  European  History 6 

Physical  Education  - — 

34 


Sophomore 


Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Chemistry  8 

Philosophy 6 

Political  Science 6 

Hygiene  4 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing  — 

34 


SOCIAL  SERVICE  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Modern  Language  6 

Mathematics  6 

Science  8 

Modern  European  History  6 

Physical  Education  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Modern  Language  6 

Philosophy 6 

Sociology  6 

Science  8 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing  — 

32 


♦Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 


«  18  » 


PRE-MEDICAL  OR  LABORATORY  TECHNIQUE  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Chemistry  8 

Biology 8 

Mathematics  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Physical  Education  — 

34 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English 6 

or 

Hygiene  4 

Chemistry   8 

Biology 8 

Modern  Language  6 

Philosophy 6 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing  — 

32  or  34 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Social  Science  _ 6 

Business  Math  6 

Stenography  __  6 

Typing  4 

Economic  Geography  4 

Business  Spelling — 

Business  Penmanship  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  (optional)  6 

Philosophy 6 

Accounting   6 

Government    6 

Secretarial  Office  Practice  4 

Business  Law  6 

34 


HOME  ECONOMICS  GROUP*5 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Science  8 

Social  Science  6 

Clothing  2 

Textiles   2 

Principles  of  Design  __  3 

Costume  Design 2 

Cookery  3 

Modern  Language  6 

Physical  Education  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  and  Expression 6 

Science  8 

Psychology   6 

Meal  Preparation 3 

History  of  Costume 3 

Pattern  Study 3 

Child  Care 2 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing-  2 

33 


*Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 
**To  be  offered  in  1941. 


«  19  » 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

RELIGION 

The  Department  of  Religion  offers  courses  in  the 
principles  of  Catholic  morality  and  dogmatic  teaching, 
intended  to  inform  the  student  on  the  intellectual  side  of 
her  religious  life  and  to  prepare  her  for  the  duties  de- 
volving upon  an  intelligent  woman  in  the  world.  Emphasis 
is  placed  upon  the  various  phases  of  Catholic  Action. 

Catholic  students  are  required  to  take  Religion  two 
hours  a  week  throughout  the  two  years. 

BIOLOGY 

I.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  processes  of  life  as 
manifested  by  animals  from  the  Protozoa  to  the  Lower 
Vertebrates. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

II.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  I. 

4  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

III.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  processes  of  life  as 
manifested  by  plants  from  the  Thallophytes  to  the 
Spermatophytes. 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

IV.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  III. 

4  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

V.  Comparative  Anatomy — A  study  of  the  Lower 
Vertebrates  up  to  and  including  the  reptiles. 

2  hours  a  week  for  fist  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 


«  20  » 


VI.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  V. 

4  hours  a  week  for  fust  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VII.  Comparative  Anatomy — A  study  of  the  Higher 
Vertebrates  (birds  and  mammals). 

2  hours  a  -week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VIII.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illus- 
trate topics  discussed  in  Course  VII. 

4  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

CHEMISTRY 

I.  and  III.  General  Chemistry — A  course  designed  to 
give  a  view  of  the  various  fields  of  chemistry,  and  an 
understanding  of  its  more  important  theories,  together 
with  an  appreciation  of  its  relationship  to  other  sciences 
and  its  applications  in  industry,  commerce,  home,  etc. 

3  hours  a  tueek  for  two  semesters. 
Credit  6  semester  hours. 

II.  and  IV.  Laboratory  Courses  to  accompany  Chem- 
istry I.  and  III.  respectively. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

V.  Qualitative  Analysis — The  lectures  in  this  course 
deal  with  the  theories  underlying  the  methods  of  in- 
organic qualitative  analysis.  The  laboratory  work  includes 
the  separation  and  identification  of  the  metallic  radicals 
and  of  the  more  important  non-metallic  radicals. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VI.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  V. 

6  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 


«  21  » 


VII.  Quantitative  Analysis — An  introduction  to 
quantitative  analysis  including  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  methods  of  gravimetric  and  volumetric  analysis.  In 
the  laboratory  work  the  main  emphasis  is  placed  upon 
volumetric  methods. 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VIII.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry 
VII. 

6  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

ENGLISH 

I.  Composition  and  Rhetoric — Aim,  clearness  and 
correctness  of  expression.  Study  of  general  principles  of 
composition.  Frequent  short  themes.  Use  of  library.  Ref- 
erence reading  and  note  taking.  Prose  types,  Narration, 
Description.  Oral  and  written  themes.  Required  of  all 
Freshmen. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Composition  and  Rhetoric — A  continuation  study 
of  the  working  principles  of  literary  art,  and  practice  in 
the  application  of  them.  Exposition  and  Argumentation. 
Collateral  reading,  frequent  themes  and  conferences.  Re- 
quired of  all  Freshmen. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

III.  Survey  Course  in  English  Literature— History 
and  development  of  English  Literature.  General  Survey 
of  English  Literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the  Ro- 
mantic Movement.  Typical  short  masterpieces  or  selec- 
tions from  the  leading  authors  of  each  period  are  read, 
and  the  most  important  qualities  of  the  literature  and 
chief  facts  in  literary  history  as  illustrated  by  the  read- 
ings, are  noted  and  discussed.  Frequent  prepared  Panel 
Discussions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 


«  22  » 


IV.  A  continuation  of  Course  III.  from  the  Dawn  of 
the  Romantic  Movement  to  the  World  War. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

FRENCH 

V.  and  VI.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
give  training  in  reading  French,  and  to  provide  a  review 
of  French  grammar. 

Translations  in  class,  and  reports  from  assigned  read- 
ings on  the  general  development  of  French  literature 
from  the  beginning  to  1600. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

VII.  and  VIII.  French  Drama  of  the  17th  Century. 
Selected  masterpieces  of  Corneille,  Racine  and  Moliere. 
Study  of  Classicism.  Sources  and  development  of  French 
tragedy  and  comedy. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

IX.  and  X.  A  Study  of  the  Literature  of  the  18th 
and  19th  Centuries ;  the  development  of  the  novel,  poetry 
and  drama;  readings,  discussions  and  reports. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

GERMAN  AND  SPANISH 

Classes  arranged  to  suit  individual  needs  of  students. 

HISTORY 

I.  and  II.  Modern  European  History — Europe  from 
the  Renaissance  to  the  Congress  of  Vienna;  Protestant 
Reformation;  Wars  of  Religion;  French  Revolution; 
Napoleonic  Wars ;  development  of  England,  France,  Italy, 
Germany  in  the  nineteenth  century.  Remote  causes  of 
the  World  War.  World  War  period,  the  Gilded  Era.  De- 
pression. World  War  II. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

HI.  and  IV.  American  History — The  history  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere  with  special  emphasis  on  the  growth 


«  23  » 


and  development  of  the  United  States.  Explorations  and 
discoveries  leading  to  the  colonization  of  America ;  growth 
of  industry,  agriculture,  commerce,  population  and  labor 
from  the  simple  agricultural  communities  of  the  colonies 
to  the  highly  complex  industrial  and  commercial  society 
of  today. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

I.  Greece — A  study  of  the  literary,  social  and  philo- 
sophical conceptions  and  ideals  which  have  made  Greek 
culture  preeminent  in  the  history  of  the  world,  together 
with  an  appreciation  of  its  effect  on  subsequent  civiliza- 
tion. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Rome — A  study  of  the  political  and  cultural  his- 
tory of  Rome  with  a  survey  of  its  achievements  in  archi- 
tecture, literature,  science,  philosophy  and  law ;  numerous 
selections  made  from  the  literature  of  this  nation  for 
reading  and  socialized  discussion. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

I.  Federal  Government — A  survey  of  United  States 
government,  its  organization,  development  and  function- 
ing, together  with  a  study  of  its  present  day  economic 
institutions  and  problems  in  the  light  of  their  historical 
development. 

3  hours  a  week  for  f.rst  semester. 

II.  State  and  Local  Government — A  continuation  of 
Course  I.  with  emphasis  on  the  same  questions  in  state 
and  local  fields. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

I.  Principles  of  Design — This  course  treats  of  the 
arrangement  and  combining  of  line,  dark  and  light,  and 


«  24  » 


color — spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm.  Orig- 
inal designs — exercises  with  charcoal,  brush  and  ink, 
water  color. 

2  hours  lecture  and  2  hours  laboratory. 

3  hours  credit. 

II.  Costume  Design — This  course  emphasizes  the 
principles  of  design  in  relation  to  dress,  decoration  and 
accessories.  A  study  of  the  various  types  with  color  and 
costume  appropriate  for  different  occasions — pencil, 
water  color,  tempora. 

1  hour  lecture  and  2  hours  laboratory. 

2  hours  credit. 

III.  Introductory  Course  in  Clothing — The  use  and 

care  of  the  sewing  machine  and  its  attachments;  the 
study  of  commercial  patterns  and  their  uses  in  the  con- 
struction of  simple  garments. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 
2  hours  credit. 

IV.  Textiles — Introductory  course  including  a  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  history  of  the  Textile  Industry.  A  study 
of  textile  fiber  manufacture  of  textile  materials,  selection 
of  textiles  for  clothing  and  household  purposes. 

2  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester. 

2  hours  credit. 

V.  Fundamental  Cookery  Processes — The  processes 
used  in  preparing  the  foods  most  commonly  used  in 
American  homes. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 

3  hours  credit. 

VI.  Meal  Preparation  and  Table  Service — The  appli- 
cation of  cookery  processes  to  meal  preparation.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  laid  on  meal  planning. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 
3  hours  credit. 

VII.  Pattern  Study  and  Drafting — Practical  training 
in  the  principles  of  pattern  construction — Drafting,  and 


«  25  » 


flat  designing.  Foundation  patterns  are  drafted  to  indi- 
vidual measurements.  Children's  garments;  the  renova- 
tion and  remodeling  of  clothing. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 

3  hours  credit. 

VIII.  Applied  Design — History  of  Costume — A  study 
of  the  history  of  costume  of  different  periods.  Political, 
economic  and  social  changes  which  influenced  costume.  A 
selected  research  problem  is  required. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 
3  hours  credit. 

IX.  Child  Care  and  Development — A  study  of  the 
physical,  psychological  and  social  development  of  the 
child  through  infancy  and  adolescence.  Lectures  and  field 
trips. 

2  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

2  hours  credit. 

LATIN 

V.  Cicero — Study  of  selected  Orations.  Cicero's  im- 
portance as  an  orator.  Prose  Composition. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

VI.  Vergil;  Aeneid  I.- VI. — Studies  in  literary  and 
historical  background  of  the  poem. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester. 

VII.  Livy :  Book  XXI.  and  parts  of  Books  I.  and  XXII. 

— Discussions  of  the  author's  work  and  of  his  times. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

VIII.  Horace:  Odes,  Epodes,  Satires  and  Epistles — 

Study  of  Horace,  his  metres,  language,  styles  and  sources. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester. 

MATHEMATICS 

I.  Algebra — Review  of  fundamental  operations, 
theory  of  equations,  logarithms,  progressions,  permuta- 


«  26  » 


tions,  combinations  and  probability;  mathematical  induc- 
tions, determinants  and  partial  fractions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Plane  Trigonometry — Trigonometric  functions, 
solutions  of  triangles,  trigonometric  identities  and  con- 
ditional equations,  line  graphs  of  trigonometric  functions, 
inverse  functions,  identities,  complex  numbers,  applica- 
tions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

III.  Analytic  Geometry — A  comprehensive  course  in- 
cluding the  general  topics  of  lines,  curves,  coordinates, 
transcendental  curves,  parametric  equations,  etc.  Special 
work  for  those  preparing  for  calculus. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  first  semester. 

IV.  Differential  Calculus — Methods  of  differentiation 
with  geometrical  and  physical  applications,  problems  in 
maxima  and  minima,  rates,  etc. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

INTRODUCTORY  PHILOSOPHY 

I.  Prerequisite,  Sophomore  Rating — Logic,  Major 
and  Minor :  Simple  Apprehension ;  Judgment ;  Reasoning ; 
Methodology;  Criticism;  Evidence;  Ethics — General  and 
Special;  Right,  Good,  Actus  Humanus,  Conscience,  Re- 
sponsibility, Law;  Individual  rights  and  duties,  Virtues, 
Domestic  Society,  the  State,  International  Law. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  first  semester. 

II.  Psychology — Rational  and  Empirical:  Mental 
Faculties,  Senses,  Imagination,  Memory,  Instinct  and  De- 
sire, Reflexes,  Reasoning,  Will,  Habit,  Character,  Soul, 

■ 

Abnormalities,  Applied  Psychology. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  second  semester. 

SOCIOLOGY 

I.  Groups,  Culture  and  Personality ;  Geography,  Race 
and  Population;  Societal  Organization  and  Culture. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 


«  27  » 


II.  Fundamental  Processes  of  Interaction;  Competi- 
tion ;  Co-operation ;  Age  and  Sex  Differentiation ;  Conflict ; 
Stratification;  Assimilation;  Phases  of  Social  Control; 
Social  Control  in  Business  and  Professions ;  Social  Control 
and  Personal  Demoralization;  Prospects  of  Change  and 
Control. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

III.  Social  Problems— A  study  of  a  selected  group  of 
social  problems  which  are  of  special  importance  and  in- 
terest in  modern  social  life. 

3  hours  a  week  fdr  first  semester. 

IV.  The  Family  and  Social  Relationships — The  Fam- 
ily as  a  social  unit;  its  biological,  psychological,  and 
ethical  basis;  effects  of  recent  economic  and  social 
changes  on  the  family  and  community. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

HYGIENE 

Required  of  freshmen.  This  course  is  designed  to 
acquaint  the  student  with  the  fundamental  facts  of  per- 
sonal hygiene  so  that  she  may  keep  her  body  at  its  highest 
efficiency.  It  is  intended  also  to  show  the  student  how  the 
individual  and  the  community  are  protected  against  com- 
municable diseases  and  to  give  her  knowledge  by  means 
of  which  she  may  help  in  promoting  health  and  social 
betterment. 

2  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

I.  Seasonal  activities — Instruction  in  group  and  indi- 
vidual sports — hockey,  basketball,  volleyball,  etc. 

II.  Swimming  and  Life-Saving — The  American  crawl, 
diving,  formation  swimming,  certificate  courses  leading  to 
American  Red  Cross  life  savers. 

III.  Body  mechanics — courses  in  corrective  setting- 
up  exercises,  dancing,  etc. 

2  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters. 


«  28  » 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Stenography.  The  principles  of  Gregg  shorthand  are 
taught  by  the  Functional  method.  A  minimum  speed  of 
125  words  a  minute  in  taking  dictation  of  letters  and 
ordinary  commercial  materials  is  required.  Thorough  drill 
on  accurate  and  rapid  transcription  of  notes. 
3  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters. 

Typewriting.  Touch  System  taught.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  rough  drafts,  manuscripts,  tabulations,  legal 
papers,  billing  and  secretarial  projects.  A  minimum  of 
50  words  a  minute  on  straight  copy  is  required. 

J>  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters. 

Accounting.  Development  of  principles ;  journalizing 
and  posting;  sub-division  of  the  journal;  trial  balance; 
balance  sheet  and  income  statements;  columnar  books; 
controlling  accounts;  problems  demonstrating  modern 
bookkeeping  practice  in  sole  proprietorships,  partnerships 
and  corporations. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

Office  Methods.  This  course  covers  practice  in  the  use 
of  filing  equipment,  the  comptometer  and  other  office 
appliances.  A  background  of  theoretical  work,  office  train- 
ing and  special  reading  enables  the  student  to  cope  with 
problems  in  office  management. 

2  hours  a  iveek  for  two  semesters. 

I.  and  II.  Business  Mathematics — Exercises,  Prob- 
lems, Tests — fractions,  payrolls,  percentage,  taxes,  bank 
discount,  partial  payments,  commission  and  brokerage, 
insurance,  stocks,  bonds,  civil  service  examination  prob- 
lems. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

I.  and  II.  Business  Law — A  course  designed  to  give 
the  student  an  understanding  of  the  law  as  related  to 
modern  business.  It  deals  with  Law  and  its  Administra- 
tion, Property,  Torts,  Contracts,  Agency,  Employer  and 
Employee,  Negotiable  Instruments,  Insurance,  Bailments, 


«  29  » 


Carriers,  Sales,  Partnership,  Corporations,  Deeds  of  Con- 
veyance,   Mortgages,    Landlord    and    Tenant,    Business 
Crimes,  and  all  the  other  factors  of  business  which  call  for 
the  application  of  the  principles  of  law. 
3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

I.  and  II.  Economic  Geography — Man  and  his  en- 
vironment— Society  and  Commerce,  Nature  and  Com- 
merce, Communication,  Transportation,  growth  of  Large 
Cities,  Use  of  Power  Resources.  Regions  of  Commerce — 
The  United  States,  Other  Regions  of  North  America, 
South  America,  Europe,  Asia  and  the  other  continents. 
2  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 


«  30  » 


^Arcadem 


i 


The  Academy  gives  regular  high-school  and  grammar  grade  courses.  The 
aim  is  to  prepare  the  student  for  college  or  technical  schools.  The  curricula 
for  high  school  are  described  in  the  syllabus  provided  for  each  of  the  teachers. 

"This  syllabus  for  the  high  schools  taught  by  the  Sisters  of 
Mercy  in  North  Carolina,  conforms  to  the  requirements  of  the  State 
Department  of  Education.  A  student  must  have  16  units  for  gradu- 
ation with  the  following  distribution:  English  4;  One  Foreign 
Language  2 ;  Algebra  2 ;  Geometry  1 ;  Science  2 ;  History  2 ;  Elec- 
tives  3. 

If  laboratory  work  has  been  given  with  the  General  Science 
course  in  the  8th  grade,  it  counts  towards  the  requirements  for  2 
units  in  science." 

Accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary 
Schools  and  The  N.  C.  State  Board  of  Education. 


«  31  » 


FIRST  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

The  chief  truths  of  Faith. 

Text:  Course  in  Religion,  Part  I.  Rev.  John  Laix. 

Algebra 

Fundamentals;  fractions;  simple  and  simultaneous 
equations. 

Text:  Modern  High  School  Algebra,  Wells  and  Hart. 

Latin 

Grammatical  constructions — ablative,  absolute,  indi- 
rect discourse,  uses  of  subjunctive,  etc.  Prose  composition. 

Text :  First  Year  Latin,  Smith  and  Thompson. 

French 

Essentials  of  grammar  with  oral  and  written  exer- 
cises. Reading  and  conversation. 

Text:  The  New  Chardenal,  Grosjean. 

English 

An  endeavor  is  made  to  give  stimulating  experience 
through  literature  and  to  develop  lasting  preferences  for 
good  reading. 

A  study  is  made  of  short  stories,  one-act  plays, 
legends,  historical  backgrounds  and  poetry. 

For  supplementary  reading  the  requirement  is  one  or 
two  of  Shakespeare's  plays  and  at  least  four  novels. 

In  rhetoric  a  study  is  made  of  the  principles  of  correct 
usage.  The  mechanics  are  studied  as  a  means  to  an  end, 
not  the  end  itself.  An  effort  is  made  to  arouse  in  the 
student  a  desire  for  better  English — spoken  as  well  as 
written. 

Texts:  Literature  and  Life  Book  I.,  Miles,  Stratton, 
Pooley  and  Greenlaw.  Essentials  in  English  Book  I.,  Smith 
and  McAnulty. 


«  33  » 


History 

From  the  rise  of  ancient  nations  and  civilizations  to 
the  decline  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

Text :  World  History,  Hayes,  Moon  and  Wayland. 

SECOND  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

Means  of  Grace :  The  Sacraments,  the  Sacrifice  of  the 
Mass,  Sacramentals,  Indulgences. 

Text :  A  Course  in  Religion,  Rev.  John  Laux. 

Algebra 

Square  Root:  radicals;  quadratic  equations;  graphs, 
theory  of  exponents ;  progressions. 

Text:  Modern  High  School  Algebra,  Wells  and  Hart. 

Latin 

Caesar's  Gallic  War.  Prose  Composition. 

Text :  Caesar's  Gallic  War,  Gunnison  and  Harley. 

French 

French  grammar  completed.  Reading  of  simple  French 
texts.  Oral  and  written  exercises. 

Text:  The  New  Chardenal,  Grosjean. 

English 

An  effort  is  made  to  enrich  the  students'  life  experi- 
ence, to  widen  their  appreciation  of  the  good  and  beauti- 
ful, and  to  develop  in  them  a  sense  of  individual  responsi- 
bility for  the  perpetuation  of  ideals. 

Prose  fiction  predominates  with  a  study  of  the  masters 
of  short  story,  and  an  introduction  to  the  realistic  novel. 

For  supplementary  reading :  Selections  in  the  text ;  at 
least  eight  entire  works  (prose)  of  the  masters. 


«  34  » 


In  rhetoric  develop  sentence-sense  and  teach  the  con- 
struction of  the  paragraph. 

Word  study,  Correct  use  of  the  dictionary,  intelligent 
use  of  the  library. 

Texts:  Essentials  in  English,  Book  II.,  Smith  and 
McAnulty. 

History 

A  study  of  the  periods  from  the  fall  of  Rome  through 
the  French  Revolution. 

Text:  World  History,  Hayes,  Moon  and  Wayland. 

THIRD  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

Christian  Moral. 

Text :  A  Course  in  Religion,  Part  III.,  Rev.  John  Laux. 

Geometry 

Plane  Geometry  completed. 

Text :  Plane  Geometry,  Wentworth  and  Smith. 

Latin 

Cicero's  Orations  Against  Cataline,  Gunnison  and 
Harley. 

French 

Conversation  and  reading  of  French  classics. 

English 

A  systematic  view  of  the  whole  course  in  American 
literature,  outlined  from  the  colonial  beginnings  to  the 
New  Poetry. 

An  endeavor  to  develop  an  understanding  and  appre- 
ciation of  our  literature  as  the  reflection  of  the  character- 
istics, manners  and  ideals  of  the  American  people. 


«35  » 


For  study:  Colonial  beginnings,  New  England  group, 
later  poets,  America's  contribution  to  the  short-story  and 
to  the  one-act  play,  twentieth-century  biography,  his- 
tory and  essay. 

For  supplementary  reading:  Selections  in  the  text; 
entire  works  of  the  masters  in  American  literature. 

Rhetoric:  A  complete  review  of  the  minimum  skills 
(spelling,  punctuation,  etc.).  Correct  written  and  oral 
English  expression.  Intelligent  use  of  the  library.  Written 
themes,  letter-writing. 

Texts :  Literature  and  Life,  Book  III.,  Miles,  Stratton, 
Pooley  and  Greenlaw.  Essentials  in  English,  Smith  and 
McAnulty. 

Sociology 

Man  and  his  relation  to  his  fellow-man.  The  race  prob- 
lem and  the  immigrants.  Delinquency. 

Text :  Rudiments  of  Sociology,  Eva  J.  Ross. 


FOURTH  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

God;  Christianity  and  the  church;  apologetics  for 
High  Schools. 

Text :  A  Course  in  Religion,  Rev.  John  Laux. 

Science 

Chemistry  or  Biology  according  to  student-equipment 
and  requirements,  etc. 

English 

The  presentation  of  Literature  as  life  experiences ;  a 
survey  of  the  entire  field  of  English  Literature  at  high 
school  level. 

For  supplementary  reading:  Selections  in  text,  addi- 
tional works  of  the  chief  authors  therein. 


«  36  » 


Correct  oral  and  written  expression  in  English  as  the 
best  all-round  test  of  culture. 

Review  of  grammar,  sentence-structure,  parallelism 
and  subordination,  written  themes,  business  letters,  punc- 
tuation, diction,  effective  written  and  oral  expression, 
formal  speeches. 

Use  of  the  periodical,  Correct  English. 

Creative  writing;  Original  poems,  short-stories,  one- 
act  plays. 

Texts:  Literature  and  Life,  Book  IV.,  Miles,  Stratton, 
Pooley  and  Greenlaw.  Essentials  in  English,  Smith  and 
McAnulty. 

American  History 

Brief  survey  of  American  colonial  history;  the  polit- 
ical, economic  and  social  developments  which  led  up  to 
the  Civil  War  and  from  thence  to  our  own  times.  Current 
problems. 

Text :  The  Record  of  America,  Adams  and  Vannest. 

French 

Conversation  and  reading  of  French  classics. 

Latin 

Virgil's  Aeneid,  Gunnison  and  Harley. 


GRAMMAR  DEPARTMENT 

This  department  provides  for  boys  as  well  as  girls.  It 
lays  a  thorough  foundation  for  the  High  School  courses. 
Before  entering  the  High  School  Department  students 
must  be  well  grounded  in  the  elementary  branches.  Upon 
the  completion  of  eight  grammar  grades  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  the  Faculty,  the  pupil  is  admitted  to  the  high 
school. 


«  37  » 


Special  L^uitvtrai  L^c 


T 


ourted 


MUSIC 

The  Music  Department  is  under  the  direction  of 
teachers  holding  degrees. 

The  courses  are  arranged  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  two 
types  of  students — those  intending  to  prepare  for  the 
diploma,  using  music  as  a  major,  and  those  who  wish  to 
gain  a  musical  knowledge  and  appreciation  merely  as  a 
part  of  a  liberal  education. 

Theory  of  Music,  History  of  Music  and  Music  Appre- 
ciation are  offered. 

A  Glee  Club  is  maintained  under  the  supervision 
of  a  competent  and  experienced  director. 

Applied  music  comprises  lessons  in  Voice,  Piano,  Or- 
gan, Violin  and  other  Orchestral  Instruments. 

ART 

The  chief  aim  of  this  department  is  to  impart  practical 
knowledge  of  form,  color,  and  design,  thereby  developing 
the  student's  power  of  observation  and  training  her 
aesthetic  sense  to  a  just  appreciation  of  art. 

Instruction  is  given  in  elementary  design,  light, 
shadow,  color,  spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm. 
This  is  followed  by  work  in  still  life,  creative  art,  poster 
design,  lettering,  pen  and  ink  technique,  charcoal,  water 
color  and  oils. 

DRAMATICS 

Every  student  is  urged  to  interest  herself  in  dramatic 
presentations.  The  drama  is  an  excellent  training  ground 
for  emotional  control,  body  gracefulness,  expressiveness 
of  speech,  and  artistic  appreciation.  Under  scholarly  direc- 
tion, a  play  program  is  given  each  year.  The  students  do 
all  the  work  of  presentation ;  set  building,  interior  decor- 
ating, costuming,  stage  managing,  publicity  work  and 
acting. 


41 


CURRENT  PROBLEMS  ROUND  TABLE 

To  stimulate  interest  in  current  problems  of  econom- 
ics, sociology,  government — local,  state,  national,  and 
international — the  Round  Table  invites  the  students  of 
the  upper  third  of  each  college  class  to  participate  in 
weekly  debates  and  discussions.  These  meetings  are 
supervised  to  the  end  that  the  students  themselves  con- 
duct, manage  and  criticize  their  own  procedures  and 
practices. 


«  42  » 


Ljenerat  r\eaulationd 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

In  placing  your  daughter  under  our  care  you  have 
shown  your  confidence  in  us  and  we  deem  it  a  duty  to 
prove  ourselves  worthy  of  your  confidence.  Recognizing 
obedience  to  lawful  authority  and  respect  for  the  rights 
of  others  to  be  as  necessary  for  the  good  of  the  individual 
pupil  as  for  that  of  the  entire  body,  the  Sisters  require 
strict  observance  of  the  rules.  These  rules  are  simple  and 
calculated  to  form  habits  of  Christian  virtue,  obedience, 
docility  towards  superiors,  refinement  and  mutual  con- 
sideration in  social  and  family  intercourse.  The  young 
ladies  who  enter  are  received  with  the  understanding  that 
they  will  conform  to  them. 

Strangers  placing  their  daughters  at  the  College  are 
required  to  furnish  satisfactory  business  and  social 
references. 

Your  confidential  suggestions  regarding  health,  dis- 
position, etc.,  of  your  children  will  be  thankfully  received. 

A  transcript  covering  the  entire  high  school  record 
for  four  years,  is  required  of  college  students  before  en- 
trance. 

A  registration  fee  of  five  dollars  must  be  sent  with 
application. 

There  is  no  discrimination  because  of  religious  dif- 
ferences. All  denominations  are  respected,  and  no  influ- 
ence is  brought  to  bear  upon  the  religious  convictions  of 
any  student.  However,  the  highest  standards  of  Christian 
behavior  are  taught  and  enforced. 

The  Catholic  students  are  under  the  spiritual  direction 
of  the  Benedictine  Fathers  of  Belmont  Abbey. 

The  young  ladies  have  the  opportunity  of  daily  assist- 
ing at  the  Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass  in  their  own  chapel ; 
on  Sundays  and  Festival  days  they  attend  the  solemn 
services  in  the  Abbey  Cathedral.  Here  they  witness  the 
magnificent  ceremonies  which  the  Church  displays  on 
her  Feast  days  and  become  acquainted  with  the  beauty 
and  pomp  of  the  ecclesiastical  ceremonial. 


«  44  » 


The  college  reserves  the  right  to  exclude  at  any  time 
students  whose  conduct  or  academic  standing  renders 
them  undesirable  members  of  the  institution.  In  such 
cases  the  fees  due  or  such  as  have  been  paid  to  the  College 
in  advance  will  not  be  remitted  or  refunded. 

A  student  may  be  dropped  for  very  poor  scholarship 
in  any  one  semester.  Such  a  student  may  not  continue  her 
course  at  Sacred  Heart;  but  the  college  will  interpose  no 
objection  to  her  admission  to  any  other  school. 

A  student  is  expelled  for  disciplinary  reasons  only. 

No  advance  for  clothing,  dentistry,  etc.,  will  be  made. 
These  matters  should  all  be  attended  to  before  entrance. 

A  monthly  allowance  is  recommended  as  tending  to 
give  a  young  woman  a  proper  sense  of  the  value  of  money 
and  of  her  responsibility  in  the  use  of  it. 

The  College  takes  no  responsibility  for  the  loss  of 
money  or  other  valuables  not  deposited  with  the  Dean. 

Students  who  reside  at  the  College  will  be  allowed  to 
visit  from  time  to  time  the  homes  of  those  persons  whom 
their  parents  designate  in  writing.  A  list  of  these  names 
is  to  be  filed  with  the  Dean.  The  College  takes  no  responsi- 
bility for  students  who  are  visiting  with  relatives  or 
friends  with  written  permission  from  parent  or  guardian. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  please  furnish  the  Dean  with 
a  list  of  those  friends  with  whom  they  wish  their  daugh- 
ters or  wards  to  correspond.  Letters  written  or  received 
by  students  in  the  grades  or  high  school  are  subject  to 
inspection,  thus  preventing  all  objectionable  correspond- 
ence. Students  are  required  to  write  to  parents  and  guard- 
ians once  a  week.  Sensational  reading  matter  will  not  be 
delivered.  Students  are  forbidden  to  send  or  receive  letters 
or  parcels  through  friends  or  students. 

Students  in  the  college  department  do  not  wear  uni- 
forms. Only  in  the  academic  department  are  uniforms 
required. 

A  copy  of  the  wardrobe  regulations  will  be  furnished 
to  parents  upon  request.  Parents  are  requested  to  see  that 


«  45  » 


their  daughters  are  supplied  with  sufficient  clothing  for 
the  change  of  seasons.  The  Sisters  respectfully  request 
the  kind  cooperation  of  the  parents  of  the  pupils  in  their 
endeavor  to  cultivate  a  sense  of  personal  responsibility  in 
the  matter  of  modesty  in  dress. 

It  is  most  desirable  that  students  enter  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  semester,  and  also  return  promptly  upon  the 
close  of  the  holidays.  Those  who  do  not  resume  work  on 
the  appointed  day  will  be  graded  accordingly,  and  have 
no  claim  to  class  honors.  Parents  and  guardians  are  ear- 
nestly requested  to  aid  the  college  in  enforcing  the  regula- 
tions concerning  prompt  return  after  vacations  and  holi- 
days. 

No  change  of  courses  may  be  made  by  the  student 
without  the  consent  of  the  Dean  of  Instruction. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course 
applied  for  by  fewer  than  four  regular  students. 

Regular  attendance  is  required  at  College  meetings, 
assemblies,  lectures,  and  recitals.  This  applies  to  day 
pupils  as  well  as  to  boarders. 

When  parents  wish  to  have  their  daughters  discon- 
tinue school  they  must  give  timely  notice,  settle  all 
accounts  and  supply  the  means  to  defray  traveling  ex- 
penses. 

All  requests  for  privileges  and  absences  should  be 
made  to  the  Dean,  not  sent  through  the  letters  from  home 
to  the  students. 

Absences  from  classes  do  not  relieve  the  student  from 
responsibility  for  any  of  the  work  required  while  she  was 
away.  The  instructor  is  always  at  liberty  to  require  a  stu- 
dent to  give  evidence  that  she  has  done  the  work  assigned 
for  the  dates  on  which  she  was  absent. 

Students  will  not  be  excused,  under  any  condition, 
from  class  for  the  purpose  of  shopping  in  the  city,  or 
keeping  unnecessary  engagements. 

Damage  to  furniture  or  buildings  will  be  charged  to 
the  student  responsible. 


«  46  » 


When  pupils  have  been  absent  from  the  school  they 
should  report  to  the  Dean  immediately  upon  their  return. 

If  students  wish  to  invite  visitors,  they  will  consult 
the  Dean.  Recitations  must  not  be  discontinued  during 
the  visits  of  parents  or  friends  without  special  permission. 
All  visitors  are  entertained  in  the  parlors  of  the  main 
building  and  are  asked  to  remain  there  unless  invited  by 
one  of  the  Sisters  to  other  parts  of  the  buildings. 

It  is  understood  that  those  who  place  their  daughters 
here  accept  these  terms  and  provisions  of  the  institution. 

In  conclusion,  while  the  Sisters  promise  on  their  part 
great  personal  consideration  and  affection  for  the  chil- 
dren individually,  they  also  beg  that  the  parents  will  up- 
hold their  authority  by  requiring  strict  observance  of  the 
rules  of  the  Institution;  mutual  cooperation  will  be  pro- 
ductive of  the  best  results. 


«  47  » 


Tuition 


Tuition 

Board 

Laundry 


Laboratory  Fee 


RATES  FOR  THE  YEAR 

DAY  PUPILS 

College    $100.00 

High  School  75.00 

Grammar  School  50.00 

RESIDENT  PUPILS 

College 400.00 

High  School  380.00 

Grammar  School  380.00 

|  College 20.00 

J  High  School  10.00 


Registration  Fee  (paid  once)  $     5.00 

Private  Room  $50.00  to  100.00 

Library  Fee  5.00 

Activities  and  Publication  Fees 20.00 

Piano  Lessons  and  Use  of  Instrument 100.00 

Art  Lessons  50.00 

Deposit  on  Books  $10.00  to     15.00 

Graduation  Fee  10.00 

Voice,  Violin  and  other  Orchestral  Instruments  at  Professor's  prices 

All  payments  for  students  must  be  in  advance  whether  by  the 
month  or  by  the  semester. 

Day  students  must  pay  for  books  at  the  time  they  are  gotten. 

An  extra  charge  of  one  dollar  a  day  is  made  for  students  who 
remain  at  the  college  during  the  Christmas  or  Easter  holidays. 

A  charge  of  twenty-five  cents  is  made  for  each  tray  served  in 
the  room. 

Parents  or  friends  may  obtain  room  and  board  at  the  college 
for  a  limited  time  at  the  rate  of  two  dollars  a  day. 

As  provisions  for  maintaining  the  college  are  made  for  the 
entire  year,  no  deduction  will  be  made  for  late  entrance  nor  for 
withdrawal  before  the  close  of  the  semester.  The  only  exception  to 
this  rule  is  in  the  case  of  serious  illness  of  the  student  over  a  period 
of  a  month  or  longer  when  one  half  of  the  board  for  the  period 
will  be  remitted. 

Students  from  the  eighth  grade  up  must  pay  registration, 
library  and  activities  fees. 

All  checks  should  be  made  payable  to  Sacred  Heart  Junior 
College  and  Academy. 

WASHBURN   PRINTING  CO.,   CHARLOTTE,    N.C. 

«  48  » 


~*P^  n  WW 


SACRED 
HEART 

JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

and 

ACADEMY 


HeiwnonU  North  Carolina 


s/uniof»  L^oiieae  ana  ^Mcaaemu 


BELMONT,  NORTH  CAROLINA 


60 

c 


3 

;-. 

1       o 

<D 

•       £ 

s 

<u 

< 

_C 

u-l 

o 

i      -S 

OJ 

W5 

T3 

3 

1       o 

c3 

3    o 

- 

<u 

H 

u 

<D 

<u 

1/3 

3 

Mh 

GJ 

r^ 

~ 

o 

* 

o 

-0  -C 

11 

* 

c« 

u 

t/5 

«H 

-a 

1) 

P 

4-» 

u 

ACADEMIC  RECOGNITION 


PIQC 


SACRED  HEART  JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

Accredited  by: 
The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education 

Affiliated  to 
The  Catholic  University  of  America 


Members  of 

The  North  Carolina  College  Conference 

The  American  Association  of  Junior  Colleges 

The  National  Catholic  Educational  Association 


«  3  » 


THE  CALENDAR 


September  10-11 
September  13  .  . 
September  14-15 
September  16 
September  19 

September  24 
November  1  . 
November  25 
December  8  . 
December  17 


THE  SCHOLASTIC  YEAR 

1943 

Registration  for  the  Academy. 

Classes  begin  for  the  Academy  Students. 

Registration  for  College  Students. 

College  classes  begin. 

Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Invocation  in  the 
Abbey  Cathedral. 

Mercy  Day  (Holiday). 

Feast  of  All  Saints   (Holiday). 

Thanksgiving  Day  (Holiday). 

Feast  of  the  Immaculate  Conception  (Holiday). 

Christmas  holidays  begin  at  3:15  P.  M. 


1944 

January  4 Classes  resumed  8:30  A.  M. 

January  26-31     .  .  .  Semester  Examinations. 

February  1 Second  Semester  begins. 

April  5 Easter  Holidays  begin  3:15  P.  M. 

April  11 Classes  resumed  8:30  A.  M. 

May  18 Feast  of  the  Ascension   (Holiday). 

June  1-6 Final  Examinations. 

June  4 Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Thanksgiving; 

Baccalaureate  Sermon. 
June  7 Commencement:  Conferring  of  Diplomas  and 

Certificates. 


«  4  » 


ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

Rev.  Mother  M.  Maura,  A.M. 
President 

Sister  M.  Hildegarde,  A.M. 
Dean 

Sister  M.  Angela,  A.M. 
Dean  of  Instruction  and  Registrar 

Rev.  Father  Sebastian  Doris,  O.S.B.,  A.M. 
Chaplain 

Sister  M.  Immaculata,  M.Mus. 

Sister  M.  Inez,  A.M. 

Sister  M.  Raymond,  B.S. 

Prefects  of  Discipline 

Sister  M.  Helen,  A.M.,  B.S.  in  L.S. 
Librarian 

Sam'l  L.  Albright,  M.D. 

Attending  Physician 


«  5  » 


FACULTY 

Rev.  Father  Benedict,  O.S.B.,  A.B.  Belmont  Abbey,  A.M.  Villa  Nova 

Religion 

Rev.  Father  Cuthbert,  O.S.B.,  A.B.  Belmont  Abbey,  A.M.  Catholic 

University 
Philosophy 

Rev.   Father  Charles,  O.S.B.,  A.B.  Belmont  Abbey,  Graduate  Work, 

Catholic  University 

Dramatics 

Rev.  Mother  M.  Maura,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 

German 

Sister  M.  Angela,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 

Latin 

Sister  M.  Helen,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University,  B.S.  in  L..S. 
George  Peabody  Institute 

History,  Library  Science 

Sister  M.  Hildegarde,  A.B.  Catholic  University,  A.M.  University  of 

Pittsburgh 

English 

Sister  M.  Teresa,  B.S.  in  B.A.  Nazareth  College,  Graduate  Student 

Women's  College  of  University  of  North  Carolina 

Secretarial  Science,  Art 

Sister  M.  Aquinas,  A.B.,  A.M.  George  Peabody  Institute 
History,   Choral  Director 

Sister  M.  Immaculata,  B.M.  Catholic  University,  Master  of  Music, 

Carnegie  Institute 
Music 

Sister  M.  Stephen,  A.B.,  Mt.  Mercy  College,  M.S.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Chemistry,  Mathematics 

Sister  M.  Jean,  B.S.,  College  of  Chestnut  Hill 
Science 

Sister  M.  Inez,  A.B.,  A.M.  Catholic  University 
Romance  Languages 

Sister  M.  Benignus,  A.B.  Mt.  Mercy  College,  A.M.  University  of  Pittsburgh 

English 

Sister  M.  Raymond,  B.S.  College  of  Chestnut  Hill,  Graduate  Student 

Women's  College  of  University  of  North  Carolina 

Home  Economics,  Mathematics 

Sister  M.  Rosaria,  B.S.  in  Medical  Technology,  St.  Scholastica  College, 

Duluth,  Minn. 

Bacteriology 

«  6» 


THE  SACRED  HEART 
JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

AND 

ACADEMY 

The  Sacred  Heart  College  was  established  at  Belmont, 
N.  C.,  in  1892.  The  Most  Reverend  Leo  Haid  O.S.B.,  D.D., 
Bishop  and  Vicar  Apostolic,  was  an  eminent  educator  as 
well  as  an  executive.  He  recognized  the  need  for  a  Chris- 
tian educational  institute  to  train  young  women  for  full 
living.  To  this  end  he  invited  the  Sisters  of  Mercy  to  open 
a  boarding  school  close  to  Belmont  Abbey  College.  The 
school  was  begun  as  a  high-class  academy,  wherein  grade 
and  secondary  courses  were  offered.  The  school  grew  in 
importance.  In  September,  1935,  a  Junior  College  curricu- 
lum was  added.  At  present  six  standard  courses  are  being 
offered  by  a  faculty  possessed  of  all  requisite  degrees. 
The  Sacred  Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  is  in- 
corporated under  the  laws  of  North  Carolina,  chartered 
by  the  State  Legislature  as  of  1904. 

LOCATION 

The  Academy  is  situated  near  the  foothills  of  the  Blue 

„.,        Ridge  Mountains,  at  an  altitude  of  800  feet.  It  is 

eleven  miles  southwest  of  Charlotte,  on  the  main 

line  of  the  Southern  Railroad  but  may  be  quickly  reached 

by  car  or  bus  from  Charlotte. 

The  grounds,  covering  an  area  of  100  acres,  present  a 
pleasing  vista  of  well-kept  lawns  and  inviting  woodlands. 
r  ,      A  shaded  avenue  leads  to  the  main  buildings. 

Cement  and  gravel  walks  give  access  to  various 
parts  of  the  grounds  and  to  a  sheltered  pergola  and  large 
pavilion  which  furnish  secluded  retreats.  The  extensive 
playgrounds  afford  ample  opportunities  for  outdoor 
amusements  and  such  healthful  exercise  as  hockey,  soft- 
ball,  volleyball,  tennis  and  skating. 


«  7  » 


So  delightful  is  the  dry,  healthful  climate  of  this  sec- 
tion of  North  Carolina  that  it  has  become  proverbial. 
p..  The  winter  season  continues  only  for  a  short 

time  and  is  never  severe.  The  gentle  undulating 
land,  the  groves  of  lofty  pines,  and  the  distant  views  of 
Mount  Spencer  and  historic  King's  Mountain  offer  a  pleas- 
ing variety  of  scenery  and  contribute  much  to  the  health 
and  pleasure  of  the  student. 

BUILDINGS  AND  APPOINTMENTS 

The  buildings,  in  Italian  Romanesque,  are  absolutely 
fireproof.  They  have  exterior  facings  of  brick  with  stone 
trimmings,  giving  one  the  impression  of  great  strength 
and  durability  combined  with  architectural  beauty.  In- 
teriorly the  rooms  are  bright,  cheerful  and  well-ventilated 
by  built-in  air  ducts. 

On  the  first  floor  of  the  new  building  are  the  reception 

rooms,  office,  guests'  dining  room  and  guests'  bedrooms, 

.,     .   .         ..      „   .,,.         library,  reading  room  and  phys- 
Administration  Building    .     .      ,  °         ,  ,  .  .     . . 

ical,  chemical,  and  biological 

laboratories.  The  second  floor  is  entirely  devoted  to  class- 
rooms and  study  halls.  The  third  floor  contains  a  number 
of  private  rooms,  an  isolated  infirmary  suite  with  private 
corridor  and  the  dormitories.  The  entire  plant  is  connected 
by  a  private  inter-communicating  telephone  system. 

The  recreation  halls  are  tastefully  furnished  with  rock- 

„  ,.       _T  „       ing  chairs,  cushions,  tables,  piano, 

Recreation  Halls         °         ,     '  ~     ,  .  ,    , 

radio,  etc.  Every  effort  is  made  to  ren- 
der the  recreation  hours  as  pleasant  as  possible. 

The  Infirmary  is  arranged  especially  for  the  comfort 
of  the  sick.  A  special  Prefect  is  charged  with  the  super- 
„,     _  vision  of  the  health  of  the  students.  In 

case  of  sickness  the  pupil  is  taken  to  the 
Infirmary,  where  she  is  placed  under  the  care  of  a  trained 
nurse,  and  if  necessary,  medical  advice  is  secured  at  phy- 
sician's charges.  If  the  illness  continues  the  parent  will 
be  requested  to  place  the  child  in  a  hospital. 

«  8» 


The  library  is  the  center  of  the  students'  cultural  and 
educational  activities.  The  rooms  are  large,  well  venti- 
lated, and  scientifically  lighted.  The  stacks  are 
of  green  steel.  Quartered  oak  desks,  reading 
tables,  and  chairs  are  provided.  The  books  are  sufficient 
in  number  and  modernity  to  meet  all  Conference  require- 
ments. Encyclopedias  are  up-to-date.  Reference  books  are 
the  best.  History  treatises  are  authoritative.  The  sciences, 
both  the  physical  and  social,  are  well  represented.  Liter- 
ature is  sufficient:  the  Shakespearianna  is  particularly 
complete  and  useful.  Modern  light  literature  is  provided 
in  abundance  for  leisure  reading.  The  Periodical  section 
contains  many  of  the  cultural  and  popular  magazines  and 
newspapers.  The  library  has  been  catalogued,  and  each 
student  is  taught  to  use  the  index  files  and  the  standard 
periodical  indices.  A  certified  librarian  is  in  constant  at- 
tendance to  guide  and  direct. 

The  entire  group  of  buildings  is  equipped  in  the  most 

up-to-date  fashion.  The  new  power  house  placed  one  hun- 

,  T  .  ,  ,      dred  feet  to  the  rear,  supplies,  through 
Heat  and  Light  ,      ,  ,  ,  „ 

concrete  tunnels,  a  vapor  system  of 

steam-heating  and  circulating  hot  water  supply  for  baths 

and  lavatories,  and  an  electric  current  for  the  motors  and 

lighting  system. 

The  Dining  Room  is  furnished  with  everything  to  make 
.   .  it  home-like  and  pleasant.  The  table  is 

k     '°'"'      served  with  nutritious  food  of  the  best 
quality  and  of  a  pleasing  variety. 

A  new  kitchen  has  been  added  which  has  tiled  floor 
and  walls,  and  is  supplied  with  every  modern  culinary 
,  device,  such  as  steam  tables,  electric  ranges  and 

bake  ovens;  the  pantry  adjoining  has  a  fine  ar- 
rangement of  refrigerated  rooms  for  meat,  dairy  and 
vegetable  storage. 

The  Lavatories  are  handsomely  finished  in  marble  and 

,     .         tile  and  display  the  latest  in  shower,  bath 
Lavatories         ,  ,         11,1^^ 

tubs,  wash  and  dental  stands. 

«  9» 


VICTORY  HALL 

This  wing  is  a  concrete,  fireproof  structure,  128x44  feet. 
Three  stories  in  height,  it  contains  the  music  and  practice 
rooms,  college  students'  private  rooms,  lavatories,  art 
studios,  and  auditorium. 

They  are  furnished  with  a  view  to  secure  the  comfort 

of  the  individual  student.  The  furniture  consists  of  an 

~,    ,      .  ,  „  enamel  bed,  a  built-in  mirrored  ward- 

Students  Rooms         ,  ,  .         ,    ,,         .    ,. 

robe,   a  dressing  table,   stationary 

basin,  rocking  chair,  and  one  straight  chair,  and  writing 

desk. 

The  Auditorium  has  a  seating  capacity  of  six  hundred. 

_.,.,...  It  is  furnished  with  handsome  opera 

The  Auditorium        ,     .  ....  . 

chairs,  artistic  scenery  sets,  cyclorama 

and  velvet  folding  curtain. 

The  Music  Rooms  are  well-ventilated,  heated  and 

,.     .    „  lighted.   They   are   furnished  with  Stieff 

Music  Rooms     _,? 

Pianos. 


« 10 » 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  Sacred  Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  is  con- 
ducted for  the  education  of  the  "whole"   student.   The 

„  Sisters  hold  as  their  constant  objective  the 

I  urDoses 

fitting  of  the  girl  for  living  in  school,  in  the 

world,  and  in  the  "hereafter."  They  never  lose  sight  of 
the  ultimate  or  final  end  of  each  student,  Heaven  and 
God ;  and  the  "living  of  a  full  life,"  they  recognize,  as  the 
proper  means  to  this  final  end.  The  girl  is  taught  to  re- 
spect and  care  for  her  body  as  His  temple  of  an  immortal 
soul:  cleanliness  and  neatness  is  demanded,  simple  hy- 
gienic laws  are  enforced,  discriminating  exercises  are  en- 
couraged, the  social  graces  are  inculcated.  The  mind  of 
the  girl  is  subjected  to  a  rather  rigorous  course  of  study: 
subject-matter  is  taught  with  the  intention  of  transfer- 
ring the  "multum  sed  non  multa,"  text-book  assignments, 
class  room  lectures,  library  reading  must  be  done;  skills 
are  developed  by  supervised  study,  class  discussions,  as- 
signed problems  for  written  and  oral  solution,  club  work. 
All  instruction,  be  it  cultural  or  vocational,  is  given  for 
use  in  living.  The  mind  and  the  body,  the  Sisters  teach, 
if  well  cared  for  and  affectively  used,  are  passports  to 
God  and  His  Kingdom.  The  soul  is  the  director  in  this 
use.  Each  student,  regardless  of  denominational  affilia- 
tions or  preferences,  is  taught  the  precepts  of  Moral  Law. 
No  effort  is  spared  to  develop  a  consciousness  of  responsi- 
bility to  God.  Christian  Ethics  form  the  basis  for  the  stu- 
dent's whole  life. 

In  this  way  the  Sisters  try  to  fit  the  student  for  living 
life  in  its  fullness  for  home,  for  America,  and  for  God. 

The  Junior  College  has  a  twofold  educational  objective: 
first,  it  aims  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  girls  who  desire  to 

~       .„     . .  continue  the  educational  process  in  Senior 

Specific  Aims         „  ,  ,  .     , 

college,  and  second,  to  give  terminal,  voca- 
tional courses  to  girls  who  intend  to  begin  careers  when 
the  Junior  College  work  has  been  completed. 

« 11 » 


The  College  continuing-courses  are  standardized,  con- 
taining the  regular  Freshman  and  Sophomore  curricula 
as  demanded  by  the  colleges  in  the  Southern  Conference. 
Graduation  from  the  continuing-courses  at  the  Sacred 
Heart  gives  a  warrant  to  the  young  lady  to  enter,  uncon- 
ditioned, the  Junior  class  of  any  college  affiliated  to  the 
College  Conferences. 

The  College  terminal  courses  are  vocational,  each 
course  aims  to  fit  the  girl  with  cultural  and  technical 
knowledges  and  skills  that  will  equip  her  for  a  bread- 
winning  career.  From  these  curricula  girls  go  to  secre- 
tarial work,  nursing  schools,  and  laboratory  technician's 
courses. 

The  Junior  College  strives  to  graduate  cultured,  prac- 
tical, God-serving  young  ladies. 

Social  life  at  any  institution  of  learning  is  an  educa- 
tional force  in  promoting  the  graces  and  amenities  of 
o  •  i  t  •*  daily  intercourse,  bringing  out  the  ability  to 
entertain,  and  teaching  forgetfulness  of  self 
in  giving  pleasure  to  others.  For  this  reason  social  life 
among  the  students  is  encouraged,  but  under  no  condi- 
tions is  dissipation  permitted.  Attendance  upon  public 
entertainment  is  restricted  to  the  character  and  frequency 
of  such  occasion.  Private  social  or  club  gatherings  are 
usually  left  to  the  students  as  long  as  their  honorable  and 
reasonable  conduct  permits  the  concession.  It  is  the  de- 
sire of  the  faculty  to  promote  a  free,  and  joyous  student 
life,  consistent  with  good  work,  honor  and  good  order. 

The  program  of  educational  activities  at  the  Sacred 
Heart  has  been  so  organized  as  to  enable  the  young  lady 
students  to  discover  their  worth,  vocations,  and  duties. 
They  are  taught  to  live  life  in  its  fulness  while  on  the 
campus  as  a  preparation  for  living  a  full  life  in  the  world. 
God,  their  final  objective,  is  attained  by  service  for  neigh- 
bor and  country  and  by  a  full  realization  of  self. 


«  12  » 


dvmior  L^olleai 


For  God,  for  Home,  for  Native  Land. 


ADMISSION 

The  requirements  for  entrance  are  graduation  from  a 
standard  high  school  and  the  ability — physical  and  intel- 
lectual— to  carry  on  work  of  college  grade.  Graduates 
from  accredited  high  schools  will  be  admitted  without 
examination.  They  must  present  entrance  credits  amount- 
ing to  fifteen  units  in  accordance  with  the  North  Carolina 
State  requirements  for  accredited  high  schools. 

GRADUATION 

The  Junior  College  diploma  is  given  to  students  who 
satisfactorily  complete  a  minimum  of  sixty  semester 
hours  of  college  work.  A  semester  hour  represents  one 
recitation  hour  a  week  for  a  half  year  of  college  work. 

HONORS 

In  high  school  class  honors  are  awarded  to  those  who 
attain  an  average  of  90%,  and  names  of  students  who  re- 
ceive honors  are  announced  at  commencement  each  year. 

In  the  college  department  the  standing  of  a  student  is 
determined  by  her  class  work,  term  papers  and  semester 
examinations. 

A+ 95-100  C— 70 

A       90-94  D+ 65-69 

B+ 85-89  D  60-64 

B       80-84  F  Failure 

C+ 75-79  I  Incomplete 

C       70-74 

Quality  points  are  given  on  an  academic  basis  only : 
Grade  A — 3  points  per  semester  hour 
Grade  B — 2  points  per  semester  hour 
Grade  C — 1  point  per  semester  hour 
Grade  D — 0  point  per  semester  hour 

Honors  will  be  awarded  to  those  college  students  who 
have  a  quality  point  index  of  2.5. 

The  quality  point  index  is  obtained  by  dividing  the 
number  of  honor  points  by  the  number  of  semester  hours. 

«  15  » 


RECORD  OF  WORK 

Students  receive  two  reports  a  year.  These  are  sent  to 
parents  or  guardians  at  the  close  of  each  semester.  At 
the  close  of  the  first  semester,  reports  of  the  freshmen 
are  sent  to  the  principals  of  their  respective  secondary 
schools. 

The  filing  of  an  application  for  entrance  shall  be  re- 
garded as  both  an  evidence  and  a  pledge  that  the  applicant 
accepts  the  standards  and  regulations  of  Sacred  Heart 
Junior  College  and  Academy  and  agrees  to  abide  by  them. 


PRESCRIBED  COURSES 

CLASSICAL  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*    4 

Math  or  Latin  6 

Science  8 

English  and  Expression  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Modern  European  History  6 

Physical  Education  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Philosophy  6 

Political  Science  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Science  8 

Hygiene   4 


36 


NURSING  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*   4 

Chemistry    8 

English  and  Expression  6 

Latin  or  Math  6 

Biology  8 

Modern  European  History  6 

Physical  Education  — 

34 


Sophomore 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Chemistry    8 

Philosophy    6 

Political  Science  _.  6 

Hygiene   4 

34 


SOCIAL  SERVICE  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Mathematics   6 

Science  8 

Modern  European  History  6 

Physical  Education  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Philosophy  6 

Sociology  6 

Science  1 8 

32 


''Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 


«  16  » 


PRE-MEDICAL  OR  LABORATORY  TECHNIQUE  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*    .._  4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Chemistry    8 

Biology  8 

Mathematics   6 

Modern   Language  6 

Physical  Education  ~ — 

34 


Sophomore 

Religion*    4 

English  __ 6 

Hygiene 4 

Chemistry    8 

Modern  Language  6 

Philosophy  6 


30 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Social  Science  6 

Business  Math  6 

Stenography   6 

Typing   4 

Economic   Geography  4 

Business    Spelling  — 

Business  Penmanship  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*    4 

English    (optional)    6 

Philosophy  6 

Accounting    6 

Government  6 

Secretarial  Office  Practice  4 

Business  Law  6 


34 


HOME  ECONOMICS  GROUP 


Freshman 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Science  8 

Social  Science  6 

Clothing  - 2 

Textiles    2 

Principles  of  Design  3 

Costume  Design  2 

Cookery    3 

Modern  Language  6 

Physical  Education  — 

32 


Sophomore 

Religion*   4 

English  and  Expression  6 

Science  8 

Psychology    6 

Meal  Preparation  3 

History  of  Costume  3 

Pattern  Study 3 

Child  Care  2 

First  Aid  and  Home  Nursing-  2 

33 


'Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 


«  17  » 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

RELIGION 

The  Department  of  Religion  offers  courses  in  the  prin- 
ciples of  Catholic  morality  and  dogmatic  teaching,  in- 
tended to  inform  the  student  on  the  intellectual  side  of 
her  religious  life  and  to  prepare  her  for  the  duties  de- 
volving upon  an  intelligent  woman  in  the  world.  Emphasis 
is  placed  upon  the  various  phases  of  Catholic  Action. 

Catholic  students  are  required  to  take  Religion  two 
hours  a  week  throughout  the  two  years. 

BIOLOGY 

I.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  processes  of  life  as 
manifested  by  animals  from  the  Protozoa  to  the  Lower 
Vertebrates. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

II.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  I. 

4  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

III.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  processes  of  life  as 
manifested  by  plants  from  the  Thallophytes  to  the 
Spermatophytes. 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

IV.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  III. 

4  hours  a  iveek  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

V.  Comparative  Anatomy — A  study  of  the  Lower  Ver- 
tebrates up  to  and  including  the  reptiles. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 


18 


VI.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illustrate 
topics  discussed  in  Course  V. 

4  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VII.  Comparative  Anatomy — A  study  of  the  Higher 
Vertebrates  (birds  and  mammals). 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VIII.  A  laboratory  study  of  selected  types  to  illus- 
trate topics  discussed  in  Course  VII. 

4  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

CHEMISTRY 

I  and  III.  General  Chemistry — A  course  designed  to 
give  a  view  of  the  various  fields  of  chemistry,  and  an  un- 
derstanding of  its  more  important  theories,  together  with 
an  appreciation  of  its  relationship  to  other  sciences  and 
its  applications  in  industry,  commerce,  home,  etc. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 
Credit  6  semester  hours. 

II  and  IV.  Laboratory  Courses  to  accompany  Chem- 
istry I  and  III  respectively. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

V.  Qualitative  Analysis — The  lectures  in  this  course 
deal  with  the  theories  underlying  the  methods  of  inor- 
ganic qualitative  analysis.  The  laboratory  work  includes 
the  separation  and  identification  of  the  metallic  radicals 
and  of  the  more  important  non-metallic  radicals. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VI.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  V. 

6  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 


«  19  » 


VII.  Quantitative  Analysis — An  introduction  to  quan- 
titative analysis  including  a  study  of  the  principles  and 
methods  of  gravimetric  and  volumetric  analysis.  In  the 
laboratory  work  the  main  emphasis  is  placed  upon  volu- 
metric methods. 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

VIII.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  VII. 

6  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

IX.  Organic  Chemistry — Lectures  and  quizzes  treat- 
ing of  the  chemistry  of  the  aliphatic  carbon  compounds. 

2  hours  a  week  for  first  sen/ester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

X.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  IX. 
The  Laboratory  work  is  concerned  with  the  preparation 
and  analysis  of  the  representative  members  of  this  class 
of  compounds. 

4  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

XI.  Organic  Chemistry — Aromatic  compounds.  Lec- 
tures and  quizzes  involving  the  chemistry  of  the  aromatic 
carbon  compounds. 

2  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

XII.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  XL 
The  Laboratory  work  treats  of  the  preparation  and 
analysis  of  the  representative  members  of  this  class  of 
compounds. 

4  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 
Credit  2  semester  hours. 

ENGLISH 

I.  Composition  and  Rhetoric — Aim,  clearness  and  cor- 
rectness of  expression.  Study  of  general  principles  of  com- 
position. Frequent  short  themes.  Use  of  library.  Refer- 

«  20  » 


ence  reading  and  note  taking.  Prose  types,  Narration, 
Description.  Oral  and  written  themes.  Required  of  all 
Freshmen. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Composition  and  Rhetoric — A  continuation  study 
of  the  working  principles  of  literary  art,  and  practice  in 
the  application  of  them.  Exposition  and  Argumentation. 
Collateral  reading,  frequent  themes  and  conferences.  Re- 
quired of  all  Freshmen. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  second  semester. 

HI.  Survey  Course  in  English  Literature — History 
and  development  of  English  Literature.  General  Survey 
of  English  Literature  from  the  beginnings  to  the  Ro- 
mantic Movement.  Typical  short  masterpieces  or  selec- 
tions from  the  leading  authors  of  each  period  are  read, 
and  the  most  important  qualities  of  the  literature  and 
chief  facts  in  literary  history  as  illustrated  by  the  read- 
ings, are  noted  and  discussed.  Frequent  prepared  Panel 
Discussions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

IV.  A  continuation  of  Course  III  from  the  Dawn  of 
the  Romantic  Movement  to  the  World  War. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

FRENCH 

V  and  VI.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
give  training  in  reading  French,  and  to  provide  a  review 
of  French  grammar. 

Translations  in  class,  and  reports  from  assigned  read- 
ings on  the  general  development  of  French  literature 
from  the  beginning  to  1600. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

VII  and  VIII.  French  Drama  of  the  17th  Century. 
Selected  masterpieces  of  Corneille,  Racing  and  Moliere. 
Study  of  Classicism.  Sources  and  development  of  French 
tragedy  and  comedy. 

3  hours  a  week  for  tivo  semesters. 

«  21  > 


IX  and  X.  A  Study  of  the  Literature  of  the  18th  and 
19th  Centuries;  the  development  of  the  novel,  poetry  and 
drama ;  readings,  discussions  and  reports. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

SPANISH 

V  and  VI.  Spanish  Conversation  and  Composition  with 
emphasis  on  grammatical  constructions. 

Open  to  students  who  have  completed  two  years  of 
Spanish  in  High  School. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

VII  and  VIII.     A  Survey  Course  in  Spanish  Literature. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

GERMAN 

Classes  arranged  to  suit  individual  needs  of  students. 

HISTORY 

I  and  II.  Modern  European  History — Europe  from  the 
Renaissance  to  the  Congress  of  Vienna;  Protestant  Ref- 
ormation ;  Wars  of  Religion ;  French  Revolution ;  Napol- 
eonic Wars;  development  of  England,  France,  Italy, 
Germany  in  the  nineteenth  century.  Remote  causes  of 
the  World  War.  World  War  period,  the  Gilded  Era.  De- 
pression. World  War  II. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

Ill  and  IV.  American  History — The  history  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere  with  special  emphasis  on  the  growth 
and  development  of  the  United  States.  Explorations  and 
discoveries  leading  to  the  colonization  of  America ;  growth 
of  industry,  agriculture,  commerce,  population  and  labor 
from  the  simple  agricultural  communities  of  the  colonies 
to  the  highly  complex  industrial  and  commercial  society 
of  today. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

«  22  » 


CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

I.  Greece — A  study  of  the  literary,  social  and  philo- 
sophical conceptions  and  ideals  which  have  made  Greek 
culture  preeminent  in  the  history  of  the  world,  together 
with  an  appreciation  of  its  effect  on  subsequent  civiliza- 
tion. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Rome — A  study  of  the  political  and  cultural  his- 
tory of  Rome  with  a  survey  of  its  achievements  in  archi- 
tecture, literature,  science,  philosophy  and  law ;  numerous 
selections  made  from  the  literature  of  this  nation  for 
reading  and  socialized  discussion. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  second  semester. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

I.  Federal  Government — A  survey  of  United  States 
government,  its  organization,  development  and  function- 
ing, together  with  a  study  of  its  present  day  economic 
institutions  and  problems  in  the  light  of  their  historical 
development. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  first  semester. 

II.  State  and  Local  Government — A  continuation  of 
Course  I  with  emphasis  on  the  same  questions  in  state 
and  local  fields. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  second  semester. 

HOME  ECONOMICS 

I.  Principles  of  Design — This  course  treats  of  the  ar- 
rangement and  combining  of  line,  dark  and  light,  and 
color — spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm.  Orig- 
inal designs — exercises  with  charcoal,  brush  and  ink, 
water  color. 

2  hours  lecture  and  2  hours  laboratory. 

3  hours  credit. 

II.  Costume  Design — This  course  emphasizes  the  prin- 
ciples of  design  in  relation  to  dress,  decoration  and  acces- 

«  23  » 


sories.  A  study  of  the  various  types  with  color  and  cos- 
tume appropriate  for  different  occasions — pencil,  water 
color,  tempora. 

1  hour  lecture  and  2  hours  laboratory. 

2  hours  credit. 

III.  Introductory  Course   in   Clothing — The   use   and 

care  of  the  sewing  machine  and  its  attachments ;  the 
study  of  commercial  patterns  and  their  uses  in  the  con- 
struction of  simple  garments. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 
2  hours  credit. 

IV.  Textiles — Introductory  course  including  a  general 
survey  of  the  history  of  the  Textile  Industry.  A  study  of 
textile  fiber  manufacture  of  textile  materials,  selection  of 
textiles  for  clothing  and  household  purposes. 

2  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

2  hours  credit. 

V.  Fundamental  Cookery  Processes — The  processes 
used  in  preparing  the  foods  most  commonly  used  in 
American  homes. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 

3  hours  credit. 

VI.  Meal  Preparation  and  Table  Service — The  appli- 
cation of  cookery  processes  to  meal  preparation.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  laid  on  meal  planning. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  ivork. 
3  hours  credit. 

VII.  Pattern  Study  and  Drafting — Practical  training 
in  the  principles  of  pattern  construction — Drafting,  and 
flat  designing.  Foundation  patterns  are  drafted  to  indi- 
vidual measurements.  Children's  garments ;  the  renova- 
tion and  remodeling  of  clothing. 

6  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work. 
3  hours  credit. 

VIII.  Applied  Design — History  of  Costume — A  study 
of  the  history  of  costume  of  different  periods.  Political, 

«  24  » 


economic  and  social  changes  which  influenced  costume.  A 
selected  research  problem  is  required. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 
3  hours  credit. 

IX.  Child  Care  and  Development— A  study  of  the  phy- 
sical, psychological  and  social  development  of  the  child 
through  infancy  and  adolescence.  Lectures  and  field  trips. 

2  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

2  hours  credit. 

LATIN 

V.  Cicero — Study  of  selected  Orations.  Cicero's  im- 
portance as  an  orator.  Prose  Composition. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

VI.  Vergil;  Aeneid  I- VI — Studies  in  literary  and  his- 
torical background  of  the  poem. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

VII.  Livy :  Book  XXI  and  parts  of  Books  I  and  XXII 

— Discussions  of  the  author's  work  and  of  his  times. 

3  hours  a  week  for  one  semester. 

VIII.  Horace:   Odes,   Epodes,  Satires  and   Epistles — 

Study  of  Horace,  his  metres,  language,  styles  and  sources. 

3  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester. 

MATHEMATICS 

I.  Algebra — Review  of  fundamental  operations, 
theory  of  equations,  logarithms,  progressions,  permuta- 
tions, combinations  and  probability;  mathematical  induc- 
tions, determinants  and  partial  fractions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Plane  Trigonometry — Trigonometric  functions, 
solutions  of  triangles,  trigonometric  identities  and  condi- 
tional equations,  line  graphs  of  trigonometric  functions, 
inverse  functions,  identities,  complex  numbers,  applica- 
tions. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

III.  Analytic  Geometry — A  comprehensive  course  in- 
cluding the  general  topics  of  lines,  curves,  coordinates, 

«  25  » 


transcendental  curves,  parametric  equations,  etc.  Special 
work  for  those  preparing  for  calculus. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

IV.  Differential  Calculus — Methods  of  differentiation 
with  geometrical  and  physical  applications,  problems  in 
maxima  and  minima,  rates,  etc. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

INTRODUCTORY  PHILOSOPHY 

I.  Prerequisite,  Sophomore  Rating — Logic,  Major  and 
Minor:  Simple  Apprehension;  Judgment;  Reasoning; 
Methodology ;  Criticism ;  Evidence ;  Ethics — General  and 
Special ;  Right,  Good,  Actus  Humanus,  Conscience,  Re- 
sponsibility, Law;  Individual  rights  and  duties,  Virtues, 
Domestic  Society,  the  State,  International  Law. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Psychology — Rational  and  Empirical:  Mental  Fac- 
ulties, Senses,  Imagination,  Memory,  Instinct  and  Desire, 
Reflexes,  Reasoning,  Will,  Habit,  Character,  Soul,  Ab- 
normalities, Applied  Psychology. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

SOCIOLOGY 

I.  Groups,  Culture  and  Personality;  Geography,  Race 
and  Population ;  Societal  Organization  and  Culture. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

II.  Fundamental  Processes  of  Interaction;  Competi- 
tion ;  Co-operation ;  Age  and  Sex  Differentiation ;  Con- 
flict; Stratification;  Assimilation;  Phases  of  Social  Con- 
trol ;  Social  Control  in  Business  and  Professions ;  Social 
Control  and  Personal  Demoralization;  Prospects  of 
Change  and  Control. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

III.  Social  Problems — A  study  of  a  selected  group  of 
social  problems  which  are  of  special  importance  and  in- 
terest in  modern  social  life. 

3  hours  a  week  for  first  semester. 

«  26  » 


IV.     The   Family   and   Social   Relationships — The 

Family  as  a  social  unit ;  its  biological,  psychological, 
and  ethical  basis ;  effects  of  recent  economic  and  social 
changes  on  the  family  and  community. 

3  hours  a  week  for  second  semester. 

HYGIENE 

Required  of  freshmen.  This  course  is  designed  to  ac- 
quaint the  student  with  the  fundamental  facts  of  personal 
hygiene  so  that  she  may  keep  her  body  at  its  highest 
efficiency.  It  is  intended  also  to  show  the  student  how  the 
individual  and  the  community  are  protected  against  com- 
municable diseases  and  to  give  her  knowledge  by  means 
of  which  she  may  help  in  promoting  health  and  social 
betterment. 

2  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

I.  Seasonal  activities — Instruction  in  group  and  indi- 
vidual sports — hockey,  basketball,  volleyball,  etc. 

II.  Body  mechanics — courses  in  corrective  setting-up 
exercises,  dancing,  etc. 

2  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Stenography.  The  principles  of  Gregg  shorthand  are 
taught  by  the  Functional  method.  A  minimum  speed  of 
125  words  a  minute  in  taking  dictation  of  letters  and 
ordinary  commercial  materials  is  required.  Thorough  drill 
on  accurate  and  rapid  transcription  of  notes. 
5  hours  a  iveek  for  four  semesters. 

Typewriting  Touch  System  taught.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  rough  drafts,  manuscripts,  tabulations,  legal 
papers,  billing  and  secretarial  projects.  A  minimum  of 
50  words  a  minute  on  straight  copy  is  required. 

5  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters. 

«  27  » 


Accounting.  Development  of  principles;  journalizing 
and  posting ;  sub-division  of  the  journal ;  trial  balance ; 
balance  sheet  and  income  statements ;  columnar  books ; 
controlling  accounts;  problems  demonstrating  modern 
bookkeeping  practice  in  sole  proprietorships,  partnerships 
and  corporations. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

Office  Methods.  This  course  covers  practice  in  the  use 
of  filing  equipment,  the  comptometer  and  other  office  ap- 
pliances. A  background  of  theoretical  work,  office  training 
and  special  reading  enables  the  student  to  cope  with 
problems  in  office  management. 

2  hours  a  iveek  for  two  semesters. 

I  and  II.  Business  Mathematics — Exercises,  Problems, 
Tests — fractions,  payrolls,  percentage,  taxes,  bank  dis- 
count, partial  payments,  commission  and  brokerage,  in- 
surance, stocks,  bonds,  civil  service  examination  prob- 
lems. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

I  and  II.  Business  Law — A  course  designed  to  give 
the  student  an  understanding  of  the  law  as  related  to 
modern  business.  It  deals  with  Law  and  its  Administr- 
tion,  Property,  Torts,  Contracts,  Agency,  Employer  and 
Employee,  Negotiable  Instruments,  Insurance,  Bailments, 
Carriers,  Sales,  Partnership,  Corporations,  Deeds  of  Con- 
veyance, Mortgages,  Landlord  and  Tenant,  Business 
Crimes,  and  all  the  other  factors  of  business  which  call 
for  the  application  of  the  principles  of  law. 

3  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

I  and  II.  Economic  Geography — Man  and  his  environ- 
ment— Society  and  Commerce,  Nature  and  Commerce, 
Communication,  Transportation,  growth  of  Large  Cities, 
Use  of  Power  Resources.  Regions  of  Commerce — The 
United  States,  Other  Regions  of  North  America,  South 
America,  Europe,  Asia  and  the  other  continents. 

2  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters. 

«  28  » 


^fcadem, 


i 


Accredited  by  the  Southern  Association 
of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and 
the   N.    C.    State    Board    of   Education. 


The  Academy  gives  regular  high  school  and  grammar  grade  courses.  The 
aim  is  to  prepare  the  student  for  college  or  technical  schools.  The  curricula 
for  high  school  are  described  in  the  syllabus  provided  for  each  of  the  teachers. 

"This  syllabus  for  the  high  schools  taught  by  the  Sisters  of 
Mercy  in  North  Carolina,  conforms  to  the  requirements  of  the  State 
Department  of  Education.  A  student  must  have  16  units  for  gradu- 
ation with  the  following  distribution:  English  4;  One  Foreign 
Language  2 ;  Algebra  2 ;  Geometry  1 ;  Science  2 ;  History  2 ;  Elec- 
tives  3. 

If  laboratory  work  has  been  given  with  the  General  Science 
course  in  the  8th  grade,  it  counts  towards  the  requirements  for  2 
units  in  science." 

«29» 


FIRST  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

The  chief  truths  of  Faith. 

Algebra 

Fundamentals;  fractions;  simple  and  simultaneous 
equations. 

Latin 

Beginners  Latin  through  grammatical  constructions — 
ablative,  absolute,  indirect  discourse,  uses  of  subjunctive, 
etc.  Prose  composition. 

French  or  Spanish 

Essentials  of  grammar  with  oral  and  written  exercises. 
Reading  and  conversation. 

English 

An  endeavor  is  made  to  give  stimulating  experience 
through  literature  and  to  develop  lasting  preferences  for 
good  reading. 

A  study  is  made  of  short  stories,  one-act  plays,  legends, 
historical  backgrounds  and  poetry. 

For  supplementary  reading  the  requirement  is  one  or 
two  of  Shakespeare's  plays  and  at  least  four  novels. 

In  rhetoric  a  study  is  made  of  the  principles  of  correct 
usage.  The  mechanics  are  studied  as  a  means  to  an  end, 
not  the  end  itself.  An  effort  is  made  to  arouse  in  the 
student  a  desire  for  better  English — spoken  as  well  as 
written. 

History 

From  the  rise  of  ancient  nations  and  civilizations  to 
the  decline  of  the  Roman  Empire. 

SECOND  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

Means  of  Grace:  The  Sacraments,  the  Sacrifice  of  the 
Mass,  Sacramentals,  Indulgences. 

«3l» 


Algebra 

Square  Root:  Radicals;  quadratic  equations;  graphs, 
theory  of  exponents ;  progressions. 

Latin 

Caesar's  Gallic  War.  Prose  Composition. 

French  or  Spanish 

French  grammar  completed.  Reading  of  simple  texts. 
Oral  and  written  exercises. 

English 

An  effort  is  made  to  enrich  the  students'  life  experi- 
ence, to  widen  their  appreciation  of  the  good  and  beauti- 
ful, and  to  develop  in  them  a  sense  of  individual  responsi- 
bility for  the  prepetuation  of  ideals. 

Prose  fiction  predominates  with  a  study  of  the  masters 
of  short  story,  and  an  introduction  to  the  realistic  novel. 

For  supplementary  reading:  Selections  in  the  text;  at 
least  eight  entire  works  (prose)  of  the  masters. 

In  rhetoric  develop  sentence-sense  and  teach  the  con- 
struction of  the  paragraph. 

Word  study,  correct  use  of  the  dictionary,  intelligent 
use  of  the  library. 

History 

A  study  of  the  periods  from  the  fall  of  Rome  through 
the  French  Revolution. 

THIRD  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

Christian  Moral. 

Geometry 

Plane  Geometry  completed. 

Latin 
Cicero's  Orations  Against  Cataline. 

«  32  » 


French  or  Spanish 

Composition,  conversation ;  reading  of  classics. 

English 

A  systematic  view  of  the  whole  course  in  American 
literature,  outlined  from  the  colonial  beginnings  to  the 
New  Poetry. 

An  endeavor  to  develop  an  understanding  and  appre- 
ciation of  our  literature  as  the  reflection  of  the  character- 
istics, manners  and  ideals  of  the  American  people. 

For  study:  Colonial  beginnings,  New  England  group, 
later  poets,  America's  contribution  to  the  short-story  and 
to  the  one-act  play,  twentieth-century  biography,  history 
and  essay. 

For  supplementary  reading:  Selections  in  the  text; 
entire  works  of  the  masters  in  American  literature. 

Rhetoric:  A  complete  review  of  the  minimum  skills 
(spelling,  punctuation,  etc.).  Correct  written  and  oral 
English  expression.  Intelligent  use  of  the  library.  Written 
themes,  letter-writing. 

FOURTH  YEAR  HIGH 

Religion 

God ;  Christianity  and  the  church ;  apologetics  for  High 
Schools. 

Science 

Chemistry  or  Biology  according  to  student-equipment 
and  requirements,  etc. 

English 

The  presentation  of  Literature  as  life  experiences;  a 
survey  of  the  entire  field  of  English  Literature  at  high 
school  level. 

For  supplementary  reading:  Selections  in  text,  addi- 
tional works  of  the  chief  authors  therein. 

Correct  oral  and  written  expression  in  English  as  the 
best  all-round  test  of  culture. 


«  33  » 


Review  of  grammar,  sentence-structure,  parallelism 
and  subordination,  written  themes,  business  letters,  punc- 
tuation, diction,  effective  written  and  oral  expression, 
formal  speeches. 

Use  of  the  periodical,  Correct  English. 

Creative  writing:  Original  poems,  short-stories,  one- 
act  plays. 

American  History 

Brief  survey  of  American  colonial  history;  the  polit- 
ical, economic  and  social  developments  which  lead  up  to 
the  Civil  War  and  from  thence  to  our  own  times.  Current 
problems. 

French  or  Spanish 

Conversation  and  reading  of  classics. 

Latin 

Vergil's  Aeneid. 

GRAMMAR  DEPARTMENT 

This  department  provides  for  boys  as  well  as  girls.  It 
lays  a  thorough  foundation  for  the  High  School  courses. 
Before  entering  the  High  School  Department  students 
must  be  well  grounded  in  the  elementary  branches.  Upon 
the  completion  of  eight  grammar  grades  to  the  satisfac- 
tion of  the  Faculty,  the  pupil  is  admitted  to  the  high 
school. 


«  34  » 


Special  L^ultiArai  L^owr6e6 

and 

\Jraaniza  tlond 


SPECIAL  CULTURAL  COURSES 

MUSIC 

The  Music  Department  is  under  the  direction  of  teach- 
ers holding  degrees. 

The  courses  are  arranged  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  two 
types  of  students — those  intending  to  prepare  for  the 
diploma,  using  music  as  a  major,  and  those  who  wish  to 
gain  a  musical  knowledge  and  appreciation  merely  as  a 
part  of  a  liberal  education. 

Theory  of  Music,  History  of  Music  and  Music  Appre- 
ciation are  offered. 

A  Glee  Club  is  maintained  under  the  supervision  of 
a  competent  and  experienced  director. 

Applied  music  comprises  lessons  in  Voice,  Piano,  Or- 
gan, Violin  and  other  Orchestral  Instruments. 

ART 

The  chief  aim  of  this  department  is  to  impart  practical 
knowledge  of  form,  color,  and  design,  thereby  developing 
the  student's  power  of  observation  and  training  her 
aesthetic  sense  to  a  just  appreciation  of  art. 

Instruction  is  given  in  elementary  design,  light,  shadow, 
color,  spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm.  This  is 
followed  by  work  in  still  life,  creative  art,  poster  design, 
lettering,  pen  and  ink  technique,  charcoal,  water  color 
and  oils. 

DRAMATICS 

Every  student  is  urged  to  interest  herself  in  dramatic 
presentations.  The  drama  is  an  excellent  training  ground 
for  emotional  control,  body  gracefulness,  expressiveness 
of  speech,  and  artistic  appreciation.  Under  scholarly  direc- 
tion, a  play  program  is  given  each  year.  The  students  do 
all  the  work  of  presentation:  set  building,  interior  deco- 
rating, costuming,  stage  managing,  publicity  work  and 
acting. 

«  37  » 


ORGANIZATIONS 

THE  CHOIR 

A  selected  group  of  students  devotes  two  hours  a  week 
to  the  study  of  Church  music,  Gregorian,  and  Polyphonic. 
The  Choir  furnishes  the  Chapel  singing  on  special  occa- 
sions. 

THE  GLEE  CLUB 

This  is  a  credit  course  taken  by  a  volunteer  group.  The 
aim  of  this  course  is  to  inculcate  and  develop  in  the  stu- 
dents a  love  of  vocal  polyphonic  music. 

THE  ANNUAL 

Scholarship,  high  ideals,  and  school  spirit  are  require- 
ments for  eligibility  for  the  offices  of  chief  editor,  assist- 
ant, and  departmental  editors. 

"THE  ECHOES" 

This  is  a  bi-monthly  paper  published  by  the  students. 
Articles  reflecting  the  intellectual  and  social  phases  of 
Sacred  Heart  are  submitted  by  the  students  for  publi- 
cation. 

SODALITY  OF  THE  CHILDREN  OF  MARY 

This  is  a  volunteer  spiritual  organization  for  Catholic 
students.  The  aim  of  this  sodality  is  to  develop  in  the  stu- 
dents a  love  of  the  Blessed  Mother  which  will  motivate 
them  to  imitate  her  virtues  in  their  personal  lives. 


«  38  » 


Ljeneral  l\eavilation$ 


GENERAL  REGULATIONS 

In  placing  your  daughter  under  our  care  you  have 
shown  your  confidence  in  us  and  we  deem  it  a  duty  to 
prove  ourselves  worthy  of  your  confidence.  Recognizing 
obedience  to  lawful  authority  and  respect  for  the  rights 
of  others  to  be  as  necessary  for  the  good  of  the  individual 
pupil  as  for  that  of  the  entire  body,  the  Sisters  require 
strict  observance  of  the  rules.  These  rules  are  simple  and 
calculated  to  form  habits  of  Christian  virtue,  obedience, 
docility  towards  superiors,  refinement  and  mutual  con- 
sideration in  social  and  family  intercourse.  The  young 
ladies  who  enter  are  received  with  the  understanding  that 
they  will  conform  to  them. 

Strangers  placing  their  daughters  at  the  College  are 
required  to  furnish  satisfactory  business  and  social  refer- 
ences. 

A  registration  fee  of  five  dollars  must  be  sent  with 
application  blank  for  entrance  into  College  or  High  School. 

A  transcript  covering  the  entire  high  school  record  for 
four  years,  is  required  of  college  students  before  entrance. 

Parents  or  guardians  will  please  furnish  the  Dean  with 
a  list  of  those  friends  with  whom  they  wish  their  daugh- 
ters or  wards  to  correspond.  Except  in  the  case  of  par- 
ents or  guardians,  all  letters  written  or  received  by  stu- 
dents in  the  grades  or  high  school  are  subject  to  inspec- 
tion, thus  preventing  all  objectionable  correspondence. 
Students  are  required  to  write  to  parents  and  guardians 
once  a  week.  Sensational  reading  matter  will  not  be  de- 
livered. Students  are  forbidden  to  send  or  receive  letters 
or  parcels  through  friends  or  students. 

Students  in  the  college  department  do  not  wear  uni- 
forms. Only  in  the  academic  department  are  uniforms  re- 
quired. 

A  copy  of  the  wardrobe  regulations  will  be  furnished 
to  parents  upon  request.  Parents  are  requested  to  see  that 
their  daughters  are  supplied  with  sufficient  clothing  for 
the  change  of  seasons.  The  Sisters  respectfully  request 

«  40  » 


the  kind  cooperation  of  the  parents  in  their  endeavor  to 
cultivate  a  sense  of  personal  responsibility  in  the  matter 
of  modesty  in  dress. 

No  advance  for  clothing,  dentistry,  etc.,  will  be  made. 
The  institution  will  not  assume  responsibility  for  the 
charges  of  long  distance  telephone  calls. 

A  monthly  allowance  is  recommended  as  tending  to 
give  a  young  woman  a  proper  sense  of  the  value  of  money 
and  of  her  responsibility  in  the  use  of  it. 

The  College  takes  no  responsibility  for  the  loss  of 
money  or  other  valuables  not  deposited  with  the  Dean. 

Students  who  reside  at  the  College  will  be  allowed  to 
visit  from  time  to  time  the  homes  of  those  persons  whom 
their  parents  designate  in  writing.  A  list  of  these  names 
is  to  be  filed  with  the  Dean.  The  College  takes  no  responsi- 
bility for  students  who  are  visiting  with  relatives  or 
friends  with  written  permission  from  parent  or  guardian. 

All  requests  for  privileges  and  absences  should  be  made 
to  the  Dean,  not  sent  through  the  letters  from  home  to 
the  students. 

Absences  from  classes  do  not  relieve  the  student  from 
responsibility  for  any  of  the  work  required  while  she  was 
away.  The  instructor  is  always  at  liberty  to  require  a  stu- 
dent to  give  evidence  that  she  has  done  the  work  assigned 
for  the  dates  on  which  she  was  absent. 

When  pupils  have  been  absent  from  the  school  they 
should  report  to  the  Office  immediately  upon  their  return. 

Parents  are  requested  not  to  ask  for  students  to  be 
excused  from  class  for  the  purpose  of  shopping  in  the  city, 
or  keeping  unnecessary  engagements. 

It  is  most  desirable  that  students  enter  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  semester,  and  also  return  promptly  upon  the 
close  of  the  holidays.  Those  who  do  not  resume  work  on 
the  appointed  day  will  be  graded  accordingly,  and  have 
no  claim  to  class  honors.  Parents  and  guardians  are  ear- 
nestly requested  to  aid  in  the  enforcement  of  the  regula- 

«  41 » 


tions  concerning  prompt  return  after  vacations  and  holi- 
days. 

No  change  of  courses  may  be  made  by  the  student 
without  the  consent  of  the  Dean  of  Instruction. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  any  course 
applied  for  by  fewer  than  four  regular  students. 

Regular  attendance  is  required  at  meetings,  assemblies, 
lectures,  and  recitals.  This  applies  to  day  pupils  as  well 
as  to  boarders. 

When  parents  wish  to  have  their  daughters  discon- 
tinue school  they  must  give  timely  notice,  settle  all  ac- 
counts and  supply  the  means  to  defray  traveling  ex- 
penses. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  exclude  at  any  time 
students  whose  conduct  or  academic  standing  renders 
them  undesirable  members  of  the  institution.  In  such 
cases  the  fees  due  or  such  as  have  been  paid  to  the  Col- 
lege in  advance  will  not  be  remitted  or  refunded. 

A  student  may  be  dropped  for  very  poor  scholarship  in 
any  one  semester.  Such  a  student  may  not  continue  her 
course  at  Sacred  Heart ;  but  the  College  will  interpose  no 
objection  to  her  admission  to  any  other  school. 

A  student  is  expelled  for  disciplinary  reasons  only. 

There  is  no  discrimination  because  of  religious  dif- 
ferences. All  denominations  are  respected,  and  no  influ- 
ence is  brought  to  bear  upon  the  religious  convictions  of 
any  student.  However,  the  highest  standards  of  Christian 
behavior  are  taught  and  enforced. 

The  Catholic  students  are  under  the  spiritual  direction 
of  the  Benedictine  Fathers  of  Belmont  Abbey. 

The  young  ladies  have  the  opportunity  of  daily  assist- 
ing at  the  Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass  in  their  own  chapel ; 
on  Sundays  and  Festival  days  they  attend  the  solemn 
services  in  the  Abbey  Cathedral.  Here  they  witness  the 
magnificent  ceremonies  which  the  Church  displays  on 
her  Feast  days  and  become  acquainted  with  the  beauty 
and  pomp  of  the  ecclesiastical  ceremonial. 

«  42  » 


If  students  wish  to  invite  visitors,  they  will  consult 
the  Dean.  Recitations  must  not  be  discontinued  during 
the  visits  of  parents  or  friends  without  special  permission. 
All  visitors  are  entertained  in  the  parlors  of  the  main 
building  and  are  asked  to  remain  there  unless  invited  by 
one  of  the  Sisters  to  other  parts  of  the  buildings. 

Your  suggestions  regarding  the  health,  disposition,  and 
happiness  of  your  children  will  be  gratefully  received. 

It  is  understood  that  those  who  place  their  daughters 
here  accept  these  terms  and  provisions  of  the  institution. 

In  conclusion,  while  the  Sisters  promise  on  their  part 
great  personal  consideration  and  affection  for  the  chil- 
dren individually,  they  also  beg  that  the  parents  will  up- 
hold their  authority  by  requiring  strict  observance  of  the 
rules  of  the  Institution;  mutual  cooperation  will  be  pro- 
ductive of  the  best  results. 


«  43  » 


SACRED  HEART 


/jvmior  L^oueae  and 


^Tcadem 


y 


BEL  MOM,    NORTH    CAROLINA 


1952-1954 


SACRED  HEART 

/rumor  y^otleae  and  ^Jcademu 


Conducted  By 

THE  SISTERS   OF  MERCY 

Belmont,  North  Carolina 


Nestling  in  the  Blue  Ridge  Mountains 

In  her  beauty  rare, 

Graciously  our  Alma  Mater 

Shelters  us  ivith  care. 


ACADEMIC  RECOGNITION 


SACRED  HEART  JUNIOR  COLLEGE 


Accredited  by 
The  North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Education 

Affiliated  to 
The  Catholic  University  of  America 

Members  of 

The  North  Carolina  College  Conference 

The  American  Association  of  Junior  Colleges 

Southern  Association  of  Junior  Colleges 

The  National  Catholic  Educational  Association 

International  Federation  of  Catholic  Alumnae 


COLLEGE  CALENDAR 

FIRST  SEMESTER 

Sept.  11 Registration  and  Orientation 

Sept.  12 Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Invocation 

(Abbey  Cathedral) 
College  Classes  Begin 

Nov.  3-7 Mid-Semester  Examinations 

Jan.  19-23 First  Semester  Examinations 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

Jan.  26 Second  Semester  Classes  Begin 

Mar.  23-27 Mid-Semester  Examinations 

May  25-29 Second  Semester  Examinations 

May  31 Solemn  Mass  of  Thanksgiving  and 

Baccalaureate  Sermon 

June  1 Commencement:  Conferring  of  Diplomas 


ACADEMY  SCHOOL  CALENDAR 
FIRST  SEMESTER 

Sept.  9 Registration  and  Orientation 

Sept.  10 Academy  Classes  Begin 

Sept.  12 Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Invocation 

(Abbey  Cathedral) 

Oct.  15-17 First  Period  Examinations 

Nov.  24-26 Second  Period  Examinations 

Jan.  19-23 First  Semester  Examinations 

SECOND  SEMESTER 

Jan.  26 Second  Semester  Classes  Begin 

Mar.  4-6 Fourth  Period  Examinations 

Apr.  15-17 Fifth  Period  Examinations 

May  25-29 Second  Semester  Examinations 

May  31 Solemn  Academic  Mass  of  Thanksgiving 

and  Baccalaureate  Sermon 
June  1 Commencement:  Conferring  of  Diplomas 


COLLEGE  HOLIDAYS 


September  24 Feast  of  Our  Lady  of  Mercy 

Nov.  26  (11:30  a.m.)  to 

Dec.  1  (8:30  a.  m.) Thanksgiving  Holidays 

December  8 Feast  of  the  Immaculate 

Conception 

Dec.  17  (11:30  a.m.)  to 

Jan.  7  (8:30  a.  m.) Christmas  Holidays 

Mar.  31  (3:00  p.m.)  to 

April  9  (8:30  a.  m.)  Easter  Holidays 

May  14 Feast  of  Ascension 


ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 


Reverend  Mother  M.  Maura,  A.M. 
President 


Sister  M.  Benignus,  A.M. 
Treasurer 


Sister  M.  Christine,  A.M. 
Dean  of  Students 

Sister  M.  Aquinas,  A.M. 
Dean  of  Instruction  and  Registrar 

Sister  M.  Helen,  A.M.,  B.S.  in  L.S. 

Librarian 


Rev.  Father  Sebastian  Doris,  O.S.B.,  A.M. 
Chaplain 


Sister  M.  Juliana,  R.N. 
Resident  Nurse 


Samuel  L.  Albright,  M.D. 
Roy  H.  McDowell,  M.D. 

Attending  Physicians 


FACULTY 


Rev.  Father  Cuthbert,  O.S.B. 

A.B.,  Belmont  Abbey;  A.M.,  Catholic  University 

Religion,  Sociology 


Rev.  Father  Walter,  O.S.B. 

A.B.,  St.  Benedict's  College;  A.M.,  Catholic  University 

Philosophy 


Rev.  Father  Andrew,  O.S.B. 

B.S.  in  S.S.,  Georgetown  College;  LL.B.,  Georgetown  University 

Economics,  Business  Law 


Mother  M.  Maura 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Catholic  University 

Languages 


Sister  M.  Christine 
A.B.,  Mt.  St.  Scholastica  College;  Graduate  Work,  Catholic  University 

Latin,  Education 


Sister  M.  Aquinas 

A.B.,  A.M.,  George  Peabody  Institute 

Languages,  English 


Sister  M.  Columba 

A.B.,  A.M..  Catholic  University 

Mathematics,  Biological  Sciences 


Sister  M.  Helen 
A.B  ,  A.M.,  Catholic  University;  B.S.  in  L.S.,  George  Peabody  Institute 

History,  Library  Science 


Sister  M.  Hildegarde 

A.B.,  Catholic  University;  A.M.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

Education,  English,  Latin 


FACULTY 


Sister  M.  Teresa 
B.S.  in  B.A.,  Nazareth  College;  A.M.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Secretarial  Science 


Sister  M.  Kevin 

A.B.,  Catholic  University;  A.M.,  University  of  Pittsburgh 

History,  English 


Sister  M.  Immaculata 
B.M.,  Catholic  University;  Master  of  Music,  Carnegie  Institute 

Music 


Sister  M.  Jean-Baptiste 
B.S.,  College  of  Chestnut  Hill;  Graduate  Work,  Notre  Dame  University 

Chemistry,  Mathematics 


Sister  M.  Raymond 

B.S.,  College  of  Chestnut  Hill;  M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

Home  Economics,  Mathematics 


Sister  M.  Theophane 

Mt.  Mercy  College;  University  of  Notre  Dame 

Art 


Sister  M.  Incarnata 

Sacred  Heart  College,  Mt.  Mercy  College 

Piano 


Mr.  Douglas  A.  Smith 
A.B.,  Cornell  University;  Graduate  Work,  N.  Y.  University,  Yale 

Glee  Club 


Miss  Elizabeth  Bolus 
B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
Mathematics,  Physical  Education 

10 


THE  SACRED  HEART  JUNIOR  COLLEGE 

AND 
ACADEMY 

The  Sacred  Heart  Academy  was  established  at  Bel- 
mont, N.  C.,  in  1892.  The  Most  Reverend  Leo  Haid  O.S.B., 
D.D.,  Bishop  and  Vicar  Apostolic,  was  an  eminent  educa- 
tor as  well  as  an  executive.  He  recognized  the  need  for 
a  Christian  educational  institute  to  train  young  women 
for  full  living.  To  this  end  he  invited  the  Sisters  of  Mercy 
to  open  a  boarding  school  close  to  Belmont  Abbey  College. 
The  school  was  begun  as  an  Academy,  wherein  grade  and 
secondary  courses  were  offered.  The  school  grew  in  impor- 
tance. In  September,  1935,  a  Junior  College  curriculum 
was  added.  At  present  six  standard  courses  are  being 
offered  by  a  faculty  possessed  of  all  requisite  degrees. 

LOCATION 

The  School  is  situated  near  the  foothills  of  the  Blue 
Ridge  Mountains,  at  an  altitude  of  800  feet.  It  is  eleven 
miles  southwest  of  Charlotte,  on  the  main  line  of  the 
Southern  Railroad  but  may  be  quickly  reached  by  car  or 
bus  from  Charlotte.  The  grounds,  covering  an  area  of 
100  acres,  present  a  pleasing  vista  of  well-kept  lawns  and 
inviting  woodlands.  The  extensive  playgrounds  afford 
opportunities  for  outdoor  amusements  and  such  healthful 
exercise  as  hockey,  softball,  volley  ball,  tennis,  and  skat- 
ing. 

So  delightful  is  the  dry,  healthful  climate  of  this  sec- 
tion of  North  Carolina  that  it  has  become  proverbial.  The 
winter  season  continues  only  for  a  short  time  and  is  never 
severe.  The  beautiful,  undulating  land,  the  groves  of  lofty 
pines,  and  the  distant  views  of  Mount  Spencer  and  his- 
toric Kings  Mountain  offer  a  pleasing  variety  of  scenery 
and  contribute  much  to  the  health,  pleasure,  and  interest 
of  the  student. 

11 


BUILDINGS  AND  APPOINTMENTS 

The  buildings,  in  Italian  Romanesque,  are  absolutely 
fireproof.  They  have  exterior  facings  of  brick  with  stone 
trimmings,  giving  one  the  impression  of  great  strength 
and  durability  combined  with  architectural  beauty.  In- 
teriorly the  rooms  are  bright,  cheerful,  and  well-ventilated 
by  built-in  air  ducts. 

On  the  first  floor  of  the  new  building  are  the  reception 
rooms,  office,  guests'  dining-room  and  guests'  bedrooms, 
library,  reading  room,  chemical,  and  biological  labora- 
tories. The  second  floor  is  entirely  devoted  to  class  rooms 
and  study  halls.  The  third  floor  contains  a  number  of 
private  rooms,  an  isolated  infirmary  suite  with  private 
corridor,  and  the  dormitories.  The  entire  plant  is  con- 
nected by  a  private  inter-communicating  telephone  sys- 
tem. 

The  Infirmary  is  arranged  especially  for  the  comfort 
of  the  sick.  A  special  Prefect  is  charged  with  the  super- 
vision of  the  health  of  the  students.  In  case  of  sickness 
the  pupil  is  taken  to  the  Infirmary,  where  she  is  placed 
under  the  care  of  a  trained  nurse ;  and  if  necessary,  medi- 
cal advice  is  secured  at  physician's  charges.  If  the  illness 
continues,  the  parent  is  requested  to  place  the  child  in  a 
hospital. 

The  library  is  the  center  of  the  students'  cultural  and 
educational  activities.  The  rooms  are  large,  well  lighted 
and  well  ventilated.  The  stacks  are  of  green  steel.  Quar- 
tered oak  desks,  reading  tables,  and  chairs  are  provided. 
The  books  are  sufficient  in  number  and  modernity  to  meet 
all  Conference  requirements.  Encyclopedias  are  up-to-date. 
Reference  books  are  the  best.  History  treatises  are 
authoritative.  The  sciences,  both  the  physical  and  social, 
are  well  represented.  Literature  is  sufficient:  the  Shake- 
spearianna  is  particularly  complete  and  useful.  Modern 
light  literature  is  provided  in  abundance  for  leisure  read- 
ing. The  Periodical  section  contains  many  of  the  cultural 
and  popular  magazines  and  newspapers.  The  library  is 
catalogued,  and  each  student  is  taught  to  use  the  index 

12 


files  and  the  standard  periodical  indices.  A  certified  libra- 
rian is  in  constant  attendance  to  guide  and  direct. 

The  new  Home  Economics  building  is  a  complete  unit 
fully  equipped  with  the  most  modern  electrical  appliances. 

The  beautiful  new  Gymnasium  is  105  by  65  feet,  with 
full  equipment  of  modern  apparatus  for  physical  exercise 
and  for  basketball  and  other  indoor  sports.  The  dressing 
rooms  are  equipped  with  showers  and  individual  lockers. 

The  Auditorium  has  a  seating  capacity  of  four  hun- 
dred. It  is  furnished  with  handsome  opera  chairs,  artistic 
scenery  sets,  cyclorama  and  velvet  contour  folding  curtain. 

The  Music  Rooms  are  well-ventilated,  heated,  and 
lighted.  They  are  furnished  with  Stieff  Pianos. 

The  entire  group  of  buildings  is  equipped  in  the  most 
up-to-date  fashion.  The  new  power  house  placed  one  hun- 
dred feet  to  the  rear,  supplies,  through  concrete  tunnels, 
a  vapor  system  of  steam-heating  and  a  circulating  hot 
water  supply  for  baths  and  lavatories,  and  an  electric 
current  for  motors  and  lighting  system. 

GENERAL  AIM 

Sacred  Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  endeavors 
to  develop,  through  well-integrated  courses  of  instruction 
supplemented  with  co-curricular  activities,  the  physical, 
mental,  and  spiritual  health  and  development  of  each  stu- 
dent. Christian  principles  are  inculcated,  for  the  individual 
who  knows  the  beauty  of  Christlike  living  will  strive  to 
live  a  truly  Christian  life  in  whatever  field  of  endeavor  or 
state  of  life  she  may  choose.  "The  true  product  of  Chris- 
tian education  is  the  individual  who  thinks,  judges,  and 
acts  in  accord  with  right  reason,  illumined  by  the  super- 
natural light  of  the  example  and  teaching  of  Christ." 

SPECIFIC  OBJECTIVES 

In  its  endeavor  to  accomplish  its  general  aim,  Sacred 
Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  has  as  its  specific 
aims: 

1.  To  promote  the  student's  physical  well-being  by  a 
well-balanced  interest  in  health  through  courses  in  hy- 

13 


giene  and  physical  education  and  a  well-rounded  program 
of  recreational  and  leisure-time  activities. 

2.  The  social  growth  of  each  student  for  intelligent, 
active,  and  loyal  citizenship  in  our  American,  Christian 
democracy. 

3.  To  encourage  each  student  to  acquire  the  social 
amenities  through  the  practice  of  Christian  virtues  in  her 
intercourse  with  her  fellow-students. 

4.  To  guide  each  student  to  think  critically  and  con- 
structively and  to  express  her  ideas  clearly  and  effectively. 

5.  To  aid  each  student  to  discover  and  develop  to  their 
fullness  innate  abilities  and  talents. 

6.  To  train  and  strengthen  the  will  to  follow  the  dic- 
tates of  right  conscience  toward  God  and  man  in  all  cir- 
cumstances of  life. 

SPIRITUAL  LIFE 

The  Catholic  students  are  under  the  spiritual  direction 
of  the  Benedictine  Fathers  of  Belmont  Abbey. 

The  young  ladies  have  the  opportunity  of  daily  assist- 
ing at  the  Holy  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass  in  their  own  chapel ; 
on  Sundays  and  Festival  days  they  attend  the  solemn 
services  in  the  Abbey  Cathedral.  Here  they  witness  the 
magnificent  ceremonies  which  the  Church  displays  on  her 
Feast  days  and  become  acquainted  with  the  beauty  and 
pomp  of  the  ecclesiastical  ceremonial. 

The  highest  standards  of  Christian  behavior  are 
taught  and  enforced.  There  is  no  discrimination  because 
of  religious  differences.  All  denominations  are  respected, 
and  no  influence  is  brought  to  bear  upon  the  religious  con- 
victions of  any  student.  Students  of  other  religious  affilia- 
tions are  in  no  way  compelled  to  attend  Catholic  services, 
but  are  permitted  and  encouraged  to  attend  their  own 
churches  on  Sundays.  For  disciplinary  uniformity  and 
character  formation,  all  students  are  expected  to  attend 
morning  and  evening  prayers  as  well  as  the  Sunday  morn- 
ing services  in  the  Chapel  or  the  Cathedral,  if  they  do  not 
attend  their  own  churches. 

14 


SOCIAL  LIFE 

The  Dean  of  Students  is  responsible  for  social  activi- 
ties. She  encourages  participation  in  social  affairs,  aids 
students  in  making  contacts,  and  offers  personal  guidance. 
Faculty  sponsors  and  advisers  assist  her  in  this  impor- 
tant work. 

Social  life  at  any  institution  of  learning  is  an  educa- 
tional force  in  promoting  the  graces  and  amenities  of 
daily  intercourse,  bringing  out  the  ability  to  entertain, 
and  teaching  forgetfulness  of  self  in  giving  pleasure  to 
others.  For  this  reason  social  life  among  the  students  is 
encouraged,  but  under  no  conditions  is  dissipation  per- 
mitted. Attendance  upon  public  entertainment  is  restrict- 
ed as  to  the  character  and  frequency  of  such  occasion.  Pri- 
vate social  or  club  gatherings  are  permitted  to  the  stu- 
dents as  long  as  their  honorable  and  reasonable  conduct 
warrants  the  concession.  It  is  the  desire  of  the  faculty  to 
promote  a  free  and  joyous  student  life,  consistent  with 
good  work,  honor,  and  good  order. 

The  program  of  educational  activities  at  Sacred  Heart 
Junior  College  and  Academy  has  been  so  organized  as  to 
enable  each  student  to  discover  her  vocation  and  to  de- 
velop a  realization  and  appreciation  of  her  dignity,  duties, 
and  capacities  as  a  woman.  "Christian  education  takes  in 
the  whole  aggregate  of  human  life,  physical  and  spiritual, 
intellectual  and  moral,  individual,  domestic,  and  social  .  .  . 
in  order  to  elevate,  regulate,  and  perfect  it,  in  accordance 
with  the  example  and  teaching  of  Christ." 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

Young  Christian  Students  Dramatic  Club 

Sodality  of  the  Blessed  Mother  Curie  Club 

Glee  Club  Beta  Club 

Collegiate  Council  United  Nations 
National  Federation  Catholic  College  Students 

PUBLICATIONS 

Gradatim  Alumnae  News 

Sacred  Heart  Echoes  Students  Handbook 

15 


GUIDANCE 

The  office  of  Personnel  Director  provides  individual 
counselling  and  vocational  guidance  for  the  student.  With 
the  aid  of  a  testing  program  and  through  personal  inter- 
views, the  Personnel  Director  assists  the  student  to  know 
her  aims  and  her  abilities  so  that  she  will  choose  wisely 
the  courses  she  will  follow  and  the  vocation  she  prefers. 

The  young  lady  has  many  adjustment  problems — 
personal,  social,  academic.  The  Personnel  Director  is 
always  ready  to  help  her  to  see  all  sides  of  her  problem 
and  to  make  the  necessary  adjustment.  A  successful,  well- 
balanced,  happy  career  for  every  student  is  the  aim  of  the 
College,  and  the  Personnel  Director  helps  to  attain  this 
end  by  assisting  with  the  social  program  and  the  activities 
of  the  various  organizations. 

As  part  of  the  vocational  guidance  program,  a  refer- 
ence library  on  careers  for  women  has  been  set  up,  so  that 
students  may  study  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  in 
each  field.  During  the  school  year  successful  representa- 
tives of  the  many  careers  open  to  college  women  discuss 
for  the  students  the  opportunities  available  in  their 
particular  fields.  For  holidays  and  summer  vacations  the 
Personnel  Director  places  many  students  in  positions 
which  give  valuable  experience.  It  is  her  aim  that  each 
graduating  student  shall  either  pursue  further  studies  or 
that  she  shall  have  an  opportunity  in  the  vocation  of  her 
choice. 

VISITS 

Resident  students  will  be  permitted  to  visit  from  time 
to  time  the  homes  of  those  persons  whom  their  parents 
designate  in  writing.  A  list  of  these  names  is  to  be  filed 
with  the  Dean  of  Students.  The  College  takes  no  responsi- 
bility for  students  who  are  visiting  with  relatives  or 
friends  with  written  permission  from  parent  or  guardian. 
All  requests  for  privileges  and  absences  should  be  made 
to  the  Dean  of  Students  and  not  sent  through  letters  from 
home  to  the  students. 

16 


If  students  wish  to  invite  visitors,  they  will  consult  the 
Dean  of  Students.  All  visitors  are  entertained  in  the  par- 
lors of  the  main  building  and  are  asked  to  remain  there 
unless  invited  by  one  of  the  Sisters  to  other  parts  of  the 
buildings. 

SELF-AID 

To  deserving  students  who  do  not  have  the  financial 
means  necessary  to  meet  the  expense  of  education,  the 
College  offers  an  opportunity  to  earn  a  part  of  their  ex- 
penses by  rendering  certain  services  at  the  College.  Stu- 
dents who  have  means  should  not  make  application  for 
student  service,  but  should  leave  the  positions  for  those 
who  cannot  go  to  college  without  assistance.  All  students 
rendering  services  are  expected  to  do  so  cheerfully  and 
conscientiously;  the  earnings  which  are  credited  to  the 
student's  account,  are  rated  according  to  services  ren- 
dered. 

DISMISSAL  OF  STUDENTS 

Sacred  Heart  Junior  College  and  Academy  reserves  the 
right  to  exclude  at  any  time  students  whose  conduct  or 
academic  standing  renders  them  undesirable  members  of 
the  institution. 

As  provisions  for  maintaining  the  college  are  made  for 
the  entire  year,  no  deduction  will  be  made  for  late  en- 
trance, nor  for  withdrawal  or  dismissal  before  the  close 
of  the  semester.  The  only  exception  to  this  rule  is  in  case 
of  serious  illness  over  a  period  of  a  month  or  longer,  when 
one-half  of  the  board  for  the  period  will  be  remitted. 

A  student  may  be  dropped  for  very  poor  scholarship  in 
any  one  semester.  Such  a  student  may  not  continue  her 
course  at  Sacred  Heart ;  but  the  College  will  interpose  no 
objection  to  her  admission  to  any  other  school. 


17 


Christ,  our  Exemplar 


JUNIOR  COLLEGE 


OBJECTIVES  OF  THE  COURSES 

The  Junior  College  has  a  twofold  educational 
objective:  first,  it  aims  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  stu- 
dents who  desire  to  continue  the  educational  proc- 
ess in  Senior  college;  and  second,  to  give  terminal, 
vocational  courses  to  students  who  intend  to  begin 
careers  when  the  Junior  College  work  has  been 
completed. 

The  College  continuing-courses  are  standard- 
ized, containing  the  regular  Freshman  and  Sopho- 
more curricula  as  demanded  by  the  colleges  in  the 
Southern  Conference.  Graduation  from  the  con- 
tinuing-courses at  the  Sacred  Heart  gives  a  war- 
rant to  the  young  lady  to  enter,  unconditioned,  the 
Junior  class  of  any  college  affiliated  to  the  College 
Conference. 

The  College  terminal  courses  are  vocational; 
each  course  aims  to  fit  the  student  with  cultural 
and  technical  knowledge  and  skills  that  will 
equip  her  for  a  breadwinning  career.  From  these 
curricula,  students  go  to  secretarial  work,  nursing 
schools,  and  laboratory  technician  courses. 

The  Junior  College  strives  to  graduate  cultured, 
practical,  God-serving  young  ladies. 


20 


ADMISSION 

The  requirements  for  entrance  are  graduation  from  a 
standard  high  school  and  the  ability — physical  and  intel- 
lectual— to  carry  on  work  of  college  grade.  Graduates 
from  accredited  high  schools  will  be  admitted  without 
examination.  They  must  present  entrance  credits  amount- 
ing to  sixteen  units  in  accordance  with  the  North  Carolina 
State  requirements  for  accredited  high  schools. 

R       .  The  Junior  College  diploma  and  the 

_  '  .  title  of  "Associate  in  Arts"  are  con- 

ror  Graduation  .         ,  ,,  .     ,  ,       ,    ,, 

ferred  upon  those  students  who  shall 

satisfactorily  complete  64  semester  hours  of  college  work, 

exclusive  of  the  credit  courses  in  religion,  and  a  minimum 

of  as  many  quality  points  as  semester  hours  credit.  These 

quality  points  will  be  given  according  to  the  grade  of 

work  done : 

93-100 — A — 3  quality  points  per  semester  hour. 
92-  85 — B — 2  quality  points  per  semester  hour. 
84-  75 — C — 1  quality  point  per  semester  hour. 
74-  70 — D — No  quality  points. 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  dismiss  a  student 
whose  record  is  deemed  unsatisfactory. 

Matriculation  in  the  College  includes  an  obligation  on 
the  part  of  the  student  to  abide  by  its  standards  and 
regulations ;  and  therefore  the*  student's  character  and 
deportment  as  well  as  her  scholarship  must  meet  the  re- 
quirements of  the  College. 

Students  are  required  to  attend  all  classes,  laboratory 
periods,  lectures,  recitals,  and  assemblies. 

There  is  no  such  thing  as  a  permitted  "cut,"  which  the 
student  may  use  at  her  discretion.  Unexcused  absences 
will  be  taken  into  consideration  in  the  determining  of 
grades.  If  absences  become  excessive,  the  student  will  be 
dropped  from  the  course.  Absences  before  and  after  a 
vacation  are  counted  as  double  absences. 

21 


CURRICULA 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  Composition  _ 6 

Philosophy 6 

Science  8 

Math  or  Latin 6 

Modern  Language  6 

Modern  European  History  6 

Hygiene  4 

Physical  Education  — 


LIBERAL  ARTS 

Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  Literature 6 

Philosophy  ._  6 

Science  8 

Modern  Language  6 

Social  Science  6 

Sociology  6 

Elective    6 


PRE-NURSING 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  Composition 6 

Philosophy  6 

Latin  or  Math 6 

Biology 8 

Hygiene  4 

Modern  European  History 6 

Physical  Education  — 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  Literature 6 

Philosophy 6 

Chemistry   8 

Social  Science  6 

Sociology  6 


PRE-MEDICAL  OR  MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 


Freshman 

Religion*  ^ _  4 

English  Composition  6 

Philosophy 6 

Chemistry   8 

Mathematics  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Hygiene  4 

Physical  Education  — 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English   Literature  6 

Philosophy 6 

Anatomy  &  Physiology  4 

Modern  Language  6 

Biology __._  8 


GENERAL  SECRETARIAL 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  Composition 6 

Social  Science  6 

Business  Math 6 

Stenography  6 

Typing  4 

Economics  4 

Business  Spelling — 

Business  Penmanship  — 

•Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  Literature  (optional)..  6 

Philosophy 6 

Accounting    6 

Government 6 

Secretarial  Office  Practice  4 

Business  Law  6 

Stenography  6 

Typing  4 


22 


CURRICULA— Continued 


SOCIAL  SERVICE 


Freshman 

Religion*   4 

English  Composition  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Mathematics  6 

Biology 8 

Modern  European  History 6 

Physical  Education  — 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  Literature  6 

Modern  Language  6 

Philosophy 6 

Sociology  6 

Science  8 

American  History  6 


HOME  ECONOMICS 


Freshman 

Religion*  4 

English  Composition  6 

Philosophy 6 

Science  8 

Clothing  3 

Textiles    2 

Principles  of  Design 3 

Costume  Design  2 

Modern  Language  6 

Physical  Education  — 

•Requirement  for  Catholic  Students. 


Sophomore 

Religion*  4 

English  Literature 6 

Philosophy 6 

Science  - 8 

Cookery  3 

Meal  Preparation 3 

History  of  Costume 3 

Pattern  Study 3 

Child  Care  2 


23 


COURSES  OF  INSTRUCTION 

DEPARTMENT  OF  RELIGION 

The  Department  of  Religion  offers  instruction  in  the 
principles  of  Catholic  morality  and  dogmatic  teaching, 
intended  to  inform  the  student  on  the  intellectual  side  of 
her  religious  life  and  to  prepare  her  for  the  duties  devolv- 
ing upon  an  intelligent  laywoman.  An  effort  is  made  to  re- 
late the  instruction  in  religion  to  the  actual  problems  of 
the  student,  and  the  formal  classwork  is  supplemented 
by  personal  conferences. 

Courses  20-21  and  30-31  are  required  of  all  Catholic 
students,  and  may  be  elected  by  non-Catholic  students 
desiring  to  know  the  Catholic  points  of  view  on  the  great 
problems  of  morality  and  revealed  truth. 

20.  Dogma:  God,  The  Architect  of  The  Universe — 

Reason  and  Revelation ;  God,  "He  Who  Is" ;  the  Ineffable ; 
the  Vision  of  God;  God's  Will;  the  Father  of  All;  the 
Inner  Life  of  God ;  the  Architect  at  Work ;  the  Angelic 
World ;  the  Angels'  Vision ;  Angelic  Saints  and  Sinners ; 
the  Kingdom  of  Man ;  the  Lord  of  the  World ;  the  Will  of 
this  Lord ;  the  Mind  of  this  Lord ;  Eve's  Family  at  Home ; 
the  Government  of  the  Physical  World ;  the  Government 
of  the  Spiritual  World;  the  Role  of  the  Angels;  the  Role 
of  Men  and  of  Fate. 

Lectures  and  discussions,  two  hours,  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

21.  Dogma:  The  Way  of  Life — Mystery  and  Man; 
the  Dream  of  the  Ages ;  the  Truth  of  the  Way ;  Like  unto 
Us;  the  Man  and  His  God;  the  Divine  Mediator;  the 
Virgin  Mother  of  God ;  the  Helplessness  of  God ;  Christ  the 
Man ;  Christ  the  Victim ;  the  Conquest  of  Death ;  Fruitful 
Signs  of  Life ;  Spiritual  Infancy  and  Manhood ;  the  Bread 
of  Life ;  the  Undying  Victim ;  the  Constant  Resurrection ; 
the  Sick  and  their  Physician;  the  Consecration  of  the 
Home ;  the  End  of  Life ;  Eternal  Beginnings. 

Lectures  and  discussions,  two  hours,  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

30.  Moral:  The  Pursuit  of  Happiness — Happiness, 
the  Key  to  the  Mystery  of  Human  Life;  the  Means,  the 
Tools ;  Morality ;  the  Passions ;  Habit ;  Virtue ;  Steps  To- 
wards Happiness;  Habits  of  Happiness;  Breath  of  Hap- 
piness ;  Habits  of  Unhappiness ;  Causes ;  Unhappiness 
from  the  Outside ;  Evolution  of  Unhappiness ;  the  Results 
of  Unhappiness ;  the  Compass  of  Happiness ;  the  Signposts 

24 


of   Happiness;   the   Heights   of   Happiness;   Analysis   of 
Modern  Thought. 

Lectures  and  discussions,  two  hours,  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

31.  Moral:  The  Fullness  of  Life — Freedom  for  the 
Mind  and  Will ;  Sharing  Divine  Life ;  Fullness  of  Love  and 
Emptiness  of  Strife;  the  Fulness  of  Action  and  Social 
Life;  the  Essence  of  Anarchy;  the  Fullness  of  Religion 
and  the  Barrenness  of  Irreligion ;  Society's  Debtors ;  Roots 
of  Rudeness ;  Fullness  of  Courage ;  Greatness  of  the  Soul ; 
the  Human  Animal;  the  Freedom  of  Purity;  the  Fullness 
of  Truth ;  Modesty  and  Miracles ;  the  Fullness  of  Life. 

Lectures  and  discussions,  two  hours,  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH 

The  courses  offered  by  the  Department  of  English  are 
intended  to  train  for  a  practical  mastery  of  the  language, 
for  efficiency  in  social  and  business  life,  a  cultural  ac- 
quaintance with  some  of  the  best  of  the  various  forms  of 
literature,  and  the  fostering  of  efforts  to  original  produc- 
tion on  the  part  of  the  individual  student. 

20-21.  College  Rhetoric  and  Composition — A  course 
that  affords  a  study  of  the  working  principles  of  literary 
art  in  all  its  forms,  and  practice  in  the  application  of  them. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  mechanics  of  writing,  and 
readings  for  exemplifying  the  various  theories  are  re- 
quired. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

22-23.  Public  Speaking  —  An  elementary  course  in 
general  speech  education.  The  fundamentals  of  effective 
oral  expression  are  applied  to  speech  problems  of  every- 
day business  and  social  life.  Much  supervision  is  exercised 
over  extemporaneous  speech.  Practice  in  debate  is  di- 
rected. 

Lectures,  one  hour,  two  semesters.  Two  Credits. 

25.  Journalism — An  introductory  study  of  the  forms 
and  techniques  of  newspaper  writing;  interpretative  re- 
porting ;  feature  writing ;  procedures ;  format ;  proof  read- 
ing. Applied  practice:  "Sacred  Heart  Echoes,"  school 
paper. 

Lectures,  Lab,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Four  Credits. 

25 


30-31.  English  Literature — A  survey  course  of  Eng- 
lish Literature,  from  its  beginning  to  the  present.  The 
course  is  intended  to  prepare  the  student  for  more  ad- 
vanced work  in  Senior  College,  and  to  inspire  the  student 
to  read  and  love  literature.  The  principles  of  versification 
are  studied,  and  original  work  is  demanded  in  verse. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHILOSOPHY 

Physics,  Chemistry,  History  and  the  other  sciences 
are  studies  which  deal  with  a  particular  sphere  of  real- 
ity. When  these  sciences  have  been  assimilated,  the  task 
of  education  is  not  yet  complete.  One  has  to  synthesize 
or  "pull  together"  the  diverse  knowledge  into  a  unity 
which  will  give  the  student  a  complete  picture  of  reality 
— a  world  view.  Philosophy  is  offered  because  by  it  and 
by  it  alone  the  student  can  attain  this  world  view,  can 
broaden  his  mental  vision,  and  can  avoid  that  narrowness 
which  comes  from  the  pigeon-holing  of  knowledge. 

20A-21A.  An  Introduction  to  Philosophy — The  nature 
of  Philosophy.  The  origin  and  growth  of  philosophic 
knowledge.  A  survey  of  the  History  of  Philosophy.  The 
Aristotlean-Thomistic  solution  of  the  principal  problems: 
Correctness  and  truth  of  thought;  being,  cosmos;  man; 
God;  law. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

20.  Logic — The  intellect  is  the  tool  of  the  Philoso- 
pher. Therefore,  it  is  necessary  that  it  be  made  sharp  to 
cut  the  knotty  problems  of  Philosophy.  Logic  provides 
that  exercise  which  makes  for  sharpness  of  mind.  In 
Logic,  one  studies  the  three  acts  of  the  mind  (apprehend- 
ing, judging,  reasoning)  and  the  rules  which  govern  them 
if  thinking  is  to  be  correct. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

21.  Basic  Principles  and  Problems  of  Philosophy  — 

What  is  Philosophy  and  is  it  important?  Philosophy 
studies  all  things,  being  as  found  everywhere;  also  the 
nature  and  principles  of  being.  What  about  the  time  and 
space  in  which  we  live?  Do  things  have  causes?  Is  there 
a  God,  an  Uncaused  Cause?  If  so,  what  is  His  nature? 

26 


Man  is  no  mere  animal;  he  has  freedom  of  will;  his  soul 
is  immortal. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

30.  Psychology — Life.  It  is  found  in  vegetative,  sen- 
sitive, and  rational  things.  Man  is  a  bundle  of  mysteries. 
How  does  he  love,  desire,  fear,  will,  know,  etc.?  His  "Ego" 
and  character.  The  source  of  his  life  and  activity  is  his 
soul. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

31.  Ethics  —  General  Ethics:  Morality  and  human 
acts.  The  guiding  light  of  law  and  conscience.  Following 
the  guiding  light — virtue.  Failing  to  heed  the  light — vice. 

Special  Ethics:  Do  rights  and  duties  exist?  Rights  and 
duties  of  the  individual,  the  family,  and  the  state. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

20.  Principles  of  Teaching — A  presentation  of  general 
principles  of  teaching  which  underlie  approaches  to  spe- 
cific subjects;  a  detailed  consideration  of  classroom  pro- 
cedures. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

23.  Teaching  of  Reading — A  course  which  deals  with 
the  materials  and  methods  of  oral  and  silent  reading. 
Standards  for  judging  worth  of  textbooks;  use  of  reading 
scales. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

25.  Teaching  of  Art — Instruction  and  practice  in  il- 
lustration, design,  color,  lettering,  and  industrial  arts 
suitable  for  elementary  grades,  and  their  presentation. 
Fulfills  the  State  requirements  for  Public  School  Art  for 
elementary  teaching.  (Offered  in  alternate  years.) 

Lectures  and  Lab,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Four  Credits. 

27.  Teaching  of  Elementary  School  Music — A  study 
of  the  child  voice  in  singing;  music  for  the  unmusical 
child;  selection  and  presentation  of  rote  songs;  introduc- 
tion of  staff  notation  and  music  reading;  directed  listen- 

27 


ing.  Development  of  music  reading;  introduction  of  the 
tonal  and  rhythmic  problems  common  to  upper  grades. 
Lectures,  two  hours,  two  semesters.  Four  Credits. 

30.  Child  Psychology — A  general  study  of  the  phy- 
sical, mental,  social,  and  moral  growth  and  development 
of  the  child  from  infancy  to  adolescence.  Opportunities  to 
work  with  and  observe  individual  children  and  groups  of 
children.  Field  trips  to  child  centers ;  demonstrations ; 
case  studies;  lectures  by  child  specialists. 
Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

34.  Educational  Psychology — Observation  and  study 
of  the  innate  and  acquired  forms  of  behavior ;  control  and 
motivation  of  learning ;  individual  differences ;  measure- 
ments. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES 

The  Department  of  Classical  Languages  aims  to  pro- 
vide the  student  with  a  good  reading  knowledge  of  Latin 
and  Greek,  and  to  familiarize  him  with  some  of  the 
great  literature  in  the  field. 


LATIN 

20.  Latin  Prose  Composition — A  thorough  review  of 
syntax.  Practical  application  of  rules  in  oral  and  written 
prose.  Conversation. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

21.  Cicero — "De  Amicitia,  De  Senectute,"  etc.  A  crit- 
ical study  of  style  and  content.  Selections  to  be  mem- 
orized. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

30.  Horace  —  Horace's  Odes :  Epodes  and  "Carmen 
Saeculare."  Review  of  Prosody.  Informal  instructions  in 
Roman  history  and  mythology. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

31.  Pliny — Pliny's  Letters:  Collateral  readings  and 
reports.  Selections  from  St.  Jerome,  Lactantius,  etc. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

28 


GREEK 

Courses  arranged  to  suit  individual  needs. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MODERN  LANGUAGES 

The  Department  of  Modern  Languages  aims  to  give 
the  student  a  full  grasp  and  facility  in  using  French, 
German,  or  Spanish.  Two  years  of  a  Modern  Language 
are  required  of  students  preparing  for  the  Professions. 

FRENCH 

24-25.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give 
training  in  reading  French,  and  to  provide  a  review  of 
French  grammar. 

Translations  in  class,  and  reports  from  assigned  read- 
ings on  the  general  development  of  French  literature 
from  the  beginning  to  1600. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

26-27.  French  Drama  of  the  17th  Century.  Selected 
masterpieces  of  Corneille,  Racine  and  Moliere.  Study  of 
Classicism.  Sources  and  development  of  French  tragedy 
and  comedy. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

34-35.  A  Study  of  the  Literature  of  the  18th  and 
19th  Centuries ;  the  development  of  the  novel,  poetry,  and 
drama ;  readings,  discussions  and  reports. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

SPANISH 

24-25.  Spanish  Conversation  and  Composition  with 
emphasis  on  grammatical  constructions. 

Open  to  students  who  have  completed  two  years  of 
Spanish  in  High  School. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

34-35.     A  Survey  Course  in  Spanish  Literature. 
Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

29 


GERMAN 

26-27.  Elementary  German  —  The  course  provides 
instruction  and  drill  in  pronunciation,  declension,  numer- 
als, comparison  of  adjectives,  conjugation,  adverbs,  prep- 
ositions, pronouns,  syntax,  writing  from  dictation,  oral 
and  written  exercises,  simple  readings,  elements  of  con- 
versation. 

Lectures,  six  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

27-28.  Intermediate  German  —  The  course  includes 
a  thorough  review  of  grammar,  simple  texts,  conversation 
and  composition. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

36-37.  Advanced  German  —  Readings  of  selected 
texts;  conversation;  larger  compositions  based  on  class 
models  and  smaller  themes. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 

The  Department  of  Social  Sciences  includes  courses 
in  Modern  and  United  States  History;  Government; 
Sociology;  Economics.  These  aim  to  fit  the  student  for 
efficient  citizenship. 

20.  European  History — The  Mediaeval  background. 
The  influence  of  the  Renaissance  and  the  Humanistic 
movements.  Political  ideas  and  institutions.  Economic 
development.  Intellectual  progress.  The  Religious  Up- 
heaval: the  Protestant  revolution  and  the  Catholic  refor- 
mation. Revolutionary  movements  and  the  beginnings 
of  the  modern  world.  Social,  political,  economic,  and  re- 
ligious adjustments.  The  French  Revolution  and  the 
influence  of  Napoleon.  Selected  readings,  papers,  and 
bibliographies. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

21.  General  Modern  History — The  course  includes  a 
general  survey  of  the  history  of  the  nations  in  the  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  century.  It  comprises  a  study  of  the 
era  of  Metternich,  the  Industrial  Revolution,  the  growth 
of  Nationalism,  social  factors  in  modern  Europe,  the 
nationalism  of  England,  Latin  Europe,  Teutonic  Europe, 
Russia,  the  Turk,  Imperialism,  the  World  War,  and  the 

30 


progress  of  Democracy.  Besides  an  analysis  of  the  text, 
regular  collateral  readings  are  required. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

30-31.  History  of  the  United  States — A  study  of  the 
political,  social  and  economic  development  of  the  United 
States  from  Colonial  times  up  to  and  including  the  present 
administration.  Lectures,  textbook  analysis,  collateral 
reading,  and  special  reports. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

32.  National  Government  —  This  course  describes 
fundamental  principles  of  our  federal  government.  A  short 
sketch  is  made  of  the  development  of  the  constitution  and 
the  growth  of  political  parties.  The  duties  of  the  president, 
the  functions  of  congress,  and  the  operation  of  the  judicial 
system  are  defined. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

33.  State  and  Municipal  Government — It  is  the  pur- 
pose of  this  course  to  explain  the  rights  and  powers  of 
state,  county,  and  town  government.  It  consists  chiefly 
of  discussion  upon  the  work  of  the  state  legislature  and 
the  late  reforms  in  municipal  administration. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

34.  Introductory  Sociology — First  Semester:  An  An- 
thropological Approach  to  Cultural  History.  A  survey  of 
the  origin,  and  development  in  prehistoric  and  historic 
times  of  human  culture ;  a  reconstruction  of  fossil  and 
living  races  of  man;  human  bodily  and  mental  origins, 
and  racial  mentality. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

35.  Second  Semester :  Sociological  Principles.  A  study 
of  the  principles  necessary  to  the  social  sciences ;  a  survey 
of  the  family,  state,  property,  religion,  and  the  economic 
and  industrial  fields ;  a  criticism  of  modern  social  theories, 
and  a  number  of  current  social  problems  selected  for  study 
and  discussion.  Reading  and  Bibliographies. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

36-37.  Classical  Civilization — A  study  of  the  literary, 
social  and  philosophical  conceptions  and  ideals  which  have 
made  Greek   culture  preeminent  in  the   history  of  the 

31 


world,  together  with  an  appreciation  of  its  effect  on  sub- 
sequent civilization  followed  by  a  survey  of  the  political 
and  cultural  history  of  Rome,  its  achievements  in  archi- 
tecture, literature,  science,  philosophy  and  law ;  numerous 
selections  made  from  the  literature  of  this  nation  for  read- 
ing and  socialized  discussion. 

Lectures,  three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICS 

The  courses  in  this  department  are  arranged  to  meet 
the  needs  both  of  those  who  are  pursuing  the  study  as  a 
necessary  and  practical  element  in  the  plan  of  Liberal 
Education,  and  of  those  who  are  preparing  for  courses  in 
the  Technical  Sciences,  for  whom  Mathematics  is  neces- 
sary for  success. 

20.  College  Algebra — Review  of  the  elementary  oper- 
ations: factoring,  fractions  and  fractional  equations, 
surds  and  imaginaries,  simple  indeterminate  equations. 
Proof  of  the  Binomial  Theorem.  Convergency  and  Diver- 
gency of  Series.  Theorem  of  Undetermined  Coefficients. 
Development  of  Logarithms.  Compound  Interest  and 
Annuities.  Permutations  and  Combinations.  Chance.  De- 
terminants. Theory  of  Equations.  Solution  of  High  Equa- 
tions. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

21.  Plane  Trigonometry  —  The  six  elementary  func- 
tions for  acute  angles;  geometry;  goniometry;  solution 
of  the  right  and  oblique  triangles ;  graphs  of  the  functions 
and  solution  of  simple  trigonometric  equations. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

30.  Analytic  Geometry — Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
20-21.  Loci  and  their  equations.  The  straight  line;  the 
circle;  the  parabola,  ellipse,  and  hyperbola;  transforma- 
tion of  coordinates ;  polar  coordinates. 

An  introductory  treatment  of  the  point,  plane,  straight 
line,  and  surface  of  revolution. 

Lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

31.  Differential  Calculus  —  Prerequisite:  Mathemat- 
ics 30.  A  study  of  the  various  phases  of  differentiation  as 
applied  to  functions  of  one  variable  or  more,  with  appli- 

32 


cation  to  curves,  maxima  and  minima,  rates,  and  the  like 
— for  students  in  civil,  mechanical,  and  electrical  engi- 
neering. 

lectures,  three  hours,  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES 

This  department  includes  courses  in  Chemistry, 
Physics  and  Biology.  Careful  analysis  of  texts,  collateral 
reading,  synopsis  of  lectures,  progressive  technique  in 
the  laboratories,  records  of  all  experiments,  and  themes 
are  required  for  credit. 

BIOLOGY 

22-23.  Biology  —  Botany,  Zoology  —  The  general 
principles  of  biology,  elements  of  anatomy,  physiology  and 
classification  of  invertebrates  and  vertebrates.  A  micro- 
scopic study  and  dissection  of  typical  invertebrates  and 
vertebrate  specimens  is  made.  Intensive  study  of  plant 
and  animal  life. 

Lectures,  two  hours;  Laboratory,  jour  hours.  Eight  Credits. 

24-25.  Hygiene  —  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
develop  an  appreciation  of  the  health  needs  of  the  indi- 
vidual, to  formulate  correct  personal  health  habits,  and 
to  inculcate  scientific  attitudes  towards  community  hy- 
giene. 

Lectures,  two  hours.  Four  Credits. 

32.  Anatomy  and  Physiology — A  study  of  the  struc- 
ture and  the  physiological  processes  of  the  human  body. 
Designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  in  the  pre- 
technician  course. 

Lectures,  two  hours  a  week  for  one  semester;  Laboratory,  four 
hours.  Four  Credits. 

CHEMISTRY 

20-21.  General  Inorganic  Chemistry  —  This  course 
treats  more  comprehensively  the  topics  studied  in  ele- 
mentary high  school  chemistry.  The  non-metallic  ele- 
ments and  their  compounds  are  first  studied  in  detail; 
this  is  followed  by  a  thorough  survey  of  the  metals  and 
metallic  compounds. 

Lectures,  two  hours;  Laboratory,  four  hours.  Eight  Credits. 

33 


30-31.  Qualitative  Analysis  —  The  lectures  in  this 
course  deal  with  the  theories  underlying  the  methods  of 
inorganic  qualitative  analysis.  The  laboratory  work  in- 
cludes the  separation  and  identification  of  the  metallic 
radicals  and  of  the  more  important  non-metallic  radicals. 

Two  hours   a   week  jo?    one  semester.   Lab  four  hours.   Four 
Credits 

32-33.  Quantitative  Analysis  —  An  introduction  to 
quantitative  analysis  including  a  study  of  the  principles 
and  methods  of  gravimetric  and  volumetric  analysis.  In 
the  laboratory  work  the  main  emphasis  is  placed  upon 
volumetric  methods. 

Two  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Lab  six  hours.  Four  Credits. 

34.  Organic  Chemistry — Lectures  and  quizzes  treat- 
ing of  the  chemistry  of  the  aliphatic  carbon  compounds. 

Two  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

35.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  34. 
The  Laboratory  work  is  concerned  with  the  preparation 
and  analysis  of  the  representative  members  of  this  class 
of  compounds. 

Four  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

36.  Organic  Chemistry — Aromatic  compounds.  Lec- 
tures and  quizzes  involving  the  chemistry  of  the  aromatic 
carbon  compounds. 

Two  hours  a  iveek  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

37.  Laboratory  Course  to  accompany  Chemistry  36. 
The  Laboratory  work  treats  of  the  preparation  and  analy- 
sis of  the  representative  members  of  this  class  of  com- 
pounds. 

Four  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FINE  ARTS 

Art 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  well-rounded  courses 
of  instruction  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with 
an  Art  Major  or  Minor  and  the  Bachelor  of  Fine  Arts  De- 
gree. 

34 


20-21.  Art — Beginners  are  acquainted  with  the  basic 
elements  of  perspective,  color,  light  and  shade,  structure 
and  composition.  Water  colors,  pastel,  pen  and  ink  and 
other  black  and  white  media  are  employed.  Studio  prac- 
tice in  using  oils,  pastels  and  water  color  in  still  life  and 
landscape  initiate  the  student  in  the  technique  of  each 
medium.  As  progress  is  made,  instruction  is  given  in  the 
more  complex  problems  of  painting  still  life,  portrait,  the 
human  figure,  and  landscape.  The  Art  Courses  are  highly 
individualized.  Each  student  is  permitted  to  stress  the 
phase  of  art  in  which  he  is  most  interested,  and  is  en- 
couraged to  make  as  much  progress  as  his  aptitude  will 
permit. 

Four  hours,  two  semesters. 

30-31.  Art — A  continuation  of  Art  20-21  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  student's  interest,  aptitude,  and  needs. 

Four  hours,  two  semesters. 

Music 

The  Department  of  Music  courses  are  arranged  to  meet 
the  needs  of  two  types  of  students — those  intending  to 
prepare  for  the  diploma,  using  music  as  a  major,  and  those 
who  wish  to  gain  a  musical  knowledge  and  appreciation  as 
a  part  of  a  liberal  education. 

Applied  music  comprises  lessons  in  Voice,  Piano,  and 
Organ.  A  minimum  of  six  hours  of  practice  per  week  is 
required  of  all  music  students. 

Theory  of  Music,  History  of  Music,  and  Music  Appreci- 
ation are  offered. 

A  Glee  Club  is  maintained  under  the  supervision  of  a 
competent  and  experienced  director. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

20.  Principles  of  Design — This  course  treats  of  the 
arrangement  and  combining  of  line,  dark  and  light,  and 
color — spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm.  Orig- 
inal designs  —  exercises  with  charcoal,  brush  and  ink, 
water  color. 

Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Three  Credits. 

21.  Costume  Design  —  This  course  emphasizes  the 
principles  of  design  in  relation  to  dress,  decoration  and 

35 


accessories.  A  study  of  the  various  types  with  color  and 
costume  appropriate  for  different  occasions — pencil,  water 
color,  tempora. 

One  hour  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.  Two  Credits. 

22.  Introductory  Course  in  Clothing — The  use  and 

care  of  the  sewing  machine  and  its  attachments;  the 
study  of  commercial  patterns  and  their  uses  in  the  con- 
struction of  simple  garments. 

Six  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work.  Three  Credits. 

23.  Textiles — Introductory  course  including  a  gen- 
eral survey  of  the  history  of  the  Textile  Industry.  A 
study  of  textile  fiber  manufacture  of  textile  materials, 
selection  of  textiles  for  clothing  and  household  purposes. 

Two  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

30.  Fundamental  Cookery  Processes — The  processes 
in  preparing  the  foods  most  commonly  used  in  American 
homes. 

Six  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work.  Three  Credits. 

31.  Meal  Preparation  and  Table  Service — The  appli- 
cation of  cookery  processes  to  meal  preparation.  Special 
emphasis  will  be  laid  on  meal  planning. 

Six  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work.  Three  Credits. 

32.  Pattern  Study  and  Drafting — Practical  training 
in  the  principles  of  pattern  construction — Drafting,  and 
flat  designing.  Foundation  patterns  are  drafted  to  indi- 
vidual measurements.  Children's  garments;  the  renova- 
tion and  remodeling  of  clothing. 

Six  hours  laboratory  and  lecture  work.  Three  Credits. 

33.  Applied  Design — History  of  Costume — A  study 
of  the  history  of  costume  of  different  periods.  Political, 
economic  and  social  changes  which  influenced  costume. 
A  selected  research  problem  is  required. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Three  Credits. 

34.  Child  Care  and  Development — A  study  of  the 
physical,  psychological  and  social  development  of  the 
child  through  infancy  and  adolescence.  Lectures  and  field 
trips. 

Two  hours  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  Credits. 

36 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BUSINESS 

This  department  has  a  twofold  purpose:  to  prepare 
young  women  (1)  to  enter  a  four-year  college  where  they 
may  major  in  Accounting,  Secretarial  Science,  or  Business 
Administration,  and  (2)  to  take  their  places  in  the  busi- 
ness world  after  graduation  from  Junior  College. 

The  college  offers  a  two-year  course  leading  to  a  Junior 
College  diploma  and  an  intensive  one-year  course  which 
equips  a  good  student  to  hold  a  secretarial  position. 

20-21,  30-31.  Stenography — The  principles  of  Gregg 
shorthand  are  taught  by  the  Functional  method.  A  mini- 
mum speed  of  125  words  a  minute  in  taking  dictation  of 
letters  and  ordinary  commercial  materials  is  required. 
Thorough  drill  on  accurate  and  rapid  transcription  of 
notes. 

Five  hours  a  week  for  jour  semesters.  Tivelve  Credits. 

24-25,  34-35.  Typewriting  —  Touch  System  taught. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  rough  drafts,  manuscripts,  tabula- 
tions, legal  papers,  billing,  and  secretarial  projects.  A 
minimum  of  50  words  a  minute  on  straight  copy  is  re- 
quired. 

Five  hours  a  week  for  four  semesters.  Practice  hours  by  assign- 
ment.  Twelve  Credits. 

30-31.  Accounting — Development  of  principles;  jour- 
nalizing and  posting;  a  sub-division  of  the  journal;  trial 
balance ;  balance  sheet  and  income  statements ;  columnar 
books ;  controlling  accounts ;  problems  demonstrating 
modern  bookkeeping  practice  in  sole  proprietorships, 
partnerships  and  corporations. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  tivo  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

20-21.  Office  Methods — This  course  covers  practice  in 
the  use  of  filing  equipment,  the  comptometer,  and  other 
office  appliances.  A  background  of  theoretical  work,  office 
training  and  special  reading  enables  the  student  to  cope 
with  problems  in  office  management. 

Two  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Four  Credits. 

22-23.  Business  Mathematics — Exercises,  Problems, 
Tests — fractions,  payrolls,  percentage,  taxes,  bank  dis- 
count, partial  payments,  commission  and  brokerage,  in- 

37 


surance,   stocks,  bonds,  civil  service  examination  prob- 
lems. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

32-33.  Business  Law  —  A  course  designed  to  give 
the  student  an  understanding  of  the  law  as  related  to 
modern  business.  It  deals  with  Law  and  its  Administra- 
tion, Property,  Torts,  Contracts,  Agency,  Employer  and 
Employee,  Negotiable  Instruments,  Insurance,  Bailments, 
Carriers,  Sales,  Partnership,  Corporations,  Deeds  of  Con- 
veyance, Mortgages,  Landlord  and  Tenant,  Business 
Crimes,  and  all  the  other  factors  of  business  which  call 
for  the  application  of  the  principles  of  law. 

Three  hours  a  week  for  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 

36-37.  Introductory  Economics  —  Methods,  Schools ; 
Wealth,  Value,  Prices;  Production;  Exchange;  Money; 
Money  and  Prices;  Monometalism  and  Bimetalism;  In- 
flation ;  Credit ;  Banks  and  Banking ;  Proposed  Federal 
Law ;  North  Carolina  Banking  Regulations ;  Internal 
Trade ;  Transportation ;  Railroad  Regulation ;  Corpora- 
tions and  Trusts ;  Revenue,  Taxes,  Public  Debts ;  Insur- 
ance; Consumption,  Poverty,  Distribution,  Codes,  Rents, 
Interest ;  Profits ;  Labor ;  Living  Wage,  Modern  Tenden- 
cies, Social  Security,  Supreme  Court  Decisions;  T.V.A., 
R.F.C.,  Tax  Program,  State  Commissions. 

Lectures,  Conferences,  Themes. 

Three  hours,  two  semesters.  Six  Credits. 


38 


ACADEMY 


HIGH  SCHOOL  AND  GRAMMAR 
GRADES 

The  High  School  is  accredited  by  the  Southern 
Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and 
the  N.  C.  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  Academy  gives  regular  high  school  and 
grammar  grade  courses.  The  aim  is  to  prepare  the 
student  for  college  or  technical  schools.  The  high 
school  requirements  conform  to  those  of  the  State 
Department  of  Education.  A  student  must  have  16 
units  for  graduation  with  the  following  distribu- 
tion: English  4;  One  Foreign  Language  2;  Algebra 
2;  Geometry  1;  Science  2;  History  2;  Electives  3. 

To  be  a  candidate  for  a  diploma,  a  student  must 
be  fully  matriculated  for  the  entire  scholastic 
year  prior  to  graduation. 


Unexcused  absences  from  classes  render  the  student 
liable  for  a  grade  equivalent  to  a  "recitation  failed." 
Repeated  absences  will  result  in  loss  of  credit  for  the 
respective  courses.  Parents  are  admonished  that  the  repe- 
tition of  even  excused  absences,  resulting  in  a  great  loss 
of  class  instruction,  will  render  the  student  liable  to 
failure. 


42 


DESCRIPTION  OF  COURSES 

RELIGIOUS  INSTRUCTION 

No  educational  system  is  complete  without  moral  and 
religious  instruction.  Hence,  it  is  important  that  Catholic 
students  be  given  a  course  in  the  principles  of  their  re- 
ligion in  order  that  they  may  have  a  reasonable  knowledge 
of  tenets  of  Catholic  Teaching  and  Morality. 

Religion  I — Desire  for  happiness ;  guides  to  it :  reason 
and  faith.  The  liturgical  year  as  a  dramatic  summary  of 
faith  and  morals.  God,  His  nature  and  perfections ;  the 
Trinity.  Creation,  the  Fall,  and  the  Promise  of  the  Re- 
deemer. Sacraments :  Baptism  as  the  remedy  for  the  Fall ; 
Confirmation.  Basic  principles  of  morality  and  duties  to 
God. 

Three  periods  a  week. 

Religion  II — The  Promised  One  appears ;  Protoevan- 
gelium ;  prophecies,  etc. ;  Incarnation ;  Nativity  and  Early 
Life.  Principles  of  morality.  Fourth  Commandment.  Pub- 
lic Life  to  Passion  (exclusive).  Passion,  Redemption, 
Grace.  Sacrifice  of  the  Mass ;  Third  Commandment ;  First 
Precept.  The  Eucharist  as  a  Sacrament;  Fourth  Precept. 

Three  periods  a  week. 

Religion  III — The  Holy  Spirit  and  His  Mission.  The 
Church ;  Second,  Third  and  Fifth  Precepts.  Synopsis  of 
Church  History.  Forgiveness  of  sin,  Penance.  Fifth,  Sixth 
and  Ninth  Commandments. 

Three  periods  a  week. 

Religion  IV — The  Blessed  Virgin,  Mother  of  God,  her 
life.  The  Four  Last  Things;  Extreme  Unction.  Choice  of 
state  in  life ;  Holy  Orders  and  Matrimony.  Seventh,  Eighth 
and  Tenth  Commandments.  Synopsis  of  Apologetics. 

Three  periods  a  week. 


ENGLISH 

English  holds  a  place  of  honor  in  every  course  of 
study.  Throughout  the  Preparatory  School  Course,  five 

43 


hours  each  week  are  given  to  this  subject.  The  study  has 
two  main  objects,  which  are  considered  of  equal  impor- 
tance: (1)  Command  of  correct  and  clear  English,  spoken 
and  written;  (2)  Ability  to  read  with  accuracy,  intelli- 
gence, and  appreciation,  and  the  development  of  the  habit 
of  reading  good  literature  with  enjoyment. 

English  I — Grammar  and  Composition.  Oral  and  writ- 
ten composition.  The  study  of  phrases  and  clauses,  inflec- 
tion of  nouns,  pronouns,  adjectives,  verbs,  and  adverbs; 
parsing ;  sentence  analysis.  Frequent  themes  are  required. 

Literature.  Types  of  literature.  One.  Pupils  are  en- 
couraged to  do  much  additional  reading  of  approved  books. 

English  II  —  Grammar  and  Composition.  Oral  and 
written  composition.  Review  of  the  parts  of  speech,  sen- 
tence analysis,  and  letter  writing. 

Literature:  The  study  of  the  Short  Story,  the  Novel, 
and  the  Drama. 

English  III — Grammar  and  Composition.  A  study  of 
the  types  of  composition  with  frequent  oral  and  written 
themes.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  well  formed  and 
varied  sentences,  and  attention  is  given  to  the  study  of 
grammatical  construction. 

Literature:  Brief  history  of  American  literature.  A 
study  of  American  writers  and  their  works. 

English  IV — Grammar  and  Composition.  A  review  of 
the  fundamentals  of  theme  writing,  grammar,  and  punc- 
tuation. 

Literature:  A  study  of  the  masterpieces  of  English 
literature  and  the  essential  features  of  the  history  of 
each  literary  period.  Parallel  reading  is  required.  The 
purpose  of  this  course  is  to  help  the  student  to  an  under- 
standing and  appreciation  of  the  selections  read  and  to 
a  clear  judgment  of  all  good  literature. 

44 


HISTORY 

The  courses  in  Social  Science  provide  the  student  with 
the  necessary  historical  data  for  the  intelligent  under- 
standing of  the  development  of  western  civilization,  and 
for  the  correct  interpretation  of  present  day  political, 
social,  and  economic  factors.  The  place  of  the  Church  in 
the  development  and  preservation  of  culture  is  accurately 
described. 

History  I.  Ancient  History — An  introductory  general 
course  beginning  with  the  civilization  of  ancient  Baby- 
lonia and  Egypt  and  passing  on  to  a  general  survey  of 
the  history  of  Greece  and  Rome.  The  contributions  of 
Greece  and  Rome  to  our  modern  civilization. 

History  II.  Medieval  and  Modern  History — A  brief 
study  of  the  general  characteristics  of  the  medieval 
period,  with  emphasis  on  the  accomplishments  of  the 
thirteenth  century  and  the  movements  that  led  the  way 
to  the  modern  period ;  the  Renaissance,  Reformation,  and 
subsequent  great  historical  movements  and  their  effects 
on  religion,  philosophy,  education,  and  governments. 

History  IV.  American  History — (a)  A  complete  course 
in  United  States  History  from  the  discovery  of  America 
to  the  peace  following  World  War  II.  (b)  Our  civil  govern- 
ment. Its  origins,  forms,  branches,  and  developments. 

LATIN 

Latin  I — The  regular  declensions,  adjectives,  pronouns, 
the  regular  conjugations,  deponent  verbs,  periphrastic 
conjugation,  irregular  verbs. 

Syntax :  The  simple  rules  of  concord. 

Composition :  Daily  exercises  assigned  by  the  Instruc- 
tor. 

Latin  II — Principal  exceptions  in  declensions.  The 
cases  and  exceptions  in  adjectives  and  pronouns.  Irregu- 
lar verbs  continued.  Defective  and  impersonal  verbs.  Par- 
ticiples. 

Literature:  Caesar,  Gallic  War. 

45 


Latin  III — Principal  syntax  of  the  moods.  Syntax  of 
the  infinitive  and  the  participle. 

Composition:  Assigned  composition. 

Literature:  Cicero's  Orations. 

Latin  IV — Repetition  of  the  syntax  of  tenses  and 
moods,  the  participles,  word-order,  sentence-structure, 
Latin  prosody,  Latin  prose  style. 

Literature :  Virgil,  Aeneid. 

SPANISH 

Spanish  I — Grammar:  The  objective  in  view  (as  rec- 
ommended by  the  Modern  Foreign  Language  Study  and 
later  investigations)  is  the  knowledge  of  the  grammar  of 
the  language  necessary  for  reading  with  comprehension. 
Careful  study  and  practice  of  pronunciation;  gender  and 
number  of  articles  and  nouns ;  agreement  and  position  of 
adjectives,  pronouns,  and  participles;  conjugations  of 
regular  and  the  most  important  irregular  verbs.  Elemen- 
tary syntax ;  cognates ;  easy  and  more  frequent  idioms. 
Vocabulary  of  800  words. 

Reading:  100  to  150  pages  of  graduated  texts,  develop- 
ing the  ability  to  read  prose  of  increasing  difficulty  based 
on  the  history,  life  and  characteristics  of  the  Spanish  and 
South  American  peoples. 

Practice:  Easy  exercises  based  on  material  studied, 
designed  to  increase  vocabulary  and  give  practice  in  the 
use  of  grammatical  forms.  Simple  dictation,  elementary 
conversation. 

Spanish  II — Grammar :  The  orderly  study  of  the  essen- 
tials of  grammar  will  be  reviewed  and  continued,  viewed 
primarily  from  the  functional  standpoint.  Careful  drill  in 
the  more  difficult  elements  of  composition;  position, 
agreement,  gender,  mood  and  accentuation.  Demonstra- 
tives   and    possessives,    negations,    augmentatives,    and 

46 


diminutives.  A  complete  study  of  the  more  difficult  verb 
forms  including  subjunctives.  A  thorough  study  of  irreg- 
ular verbs,  idiomatic  usages.  Graded  idioms  and  vocab- 
ulary up  to  1,200  words.  Cognates,  derivations  and  mean- 
ings of  English  words  taken  from  the  Spanish. 

Reading:  200  to  300  pages  of  texts  contributing  to 
better  understanding  of  the  history,  institutions  and 
ideals  of  the  Spanish  speaking  countries,  especially  of  the 
New  World  with  emphasis  on  Hemisphere  Solidarity. 

Practice:  Translations,  written  exercises,  dictation 
and  oral  exercises  sufficient  to  develop  the  natural  forms 
of  expression  and  the  application  of  the  essentials  of 
grammar  and  syntax. 

GERMAN 

German  I — Grammar:  Careful  drill  upon  pronuncia- 
tion ;  the  inflection  of  the  articles,  the  various  classes  of 
nouns,  adjectives,  pronouns,  the  most  common  irregular 
verbs,  and  regular  strong  and  weak  verbs ;  the  use  of  the 
more  common  prepositions,  the  simpler  uses  of  the  modal 
auxiliaries,  and  the  elementary  rules  of  syntax  and  word 
order. 

Practice:  Translation  in  class  of  easy  exercises  de- 
signed not  only  to  fix  in  the  mind  the  forms  and  prin- 
ciples of  grammar,  but  also  to  cultivate  readiness  in  the 
reproduction  of  natural  forms  of  expression. 

Reading:  75  to  100  pages  of  graduated  texts,  with 
frequent  exercises  in  repeating  from  memory  sentences 
previously  read. 

German  II — Grammar:  Careful  drill  upon  declensions 
and  conjugation;  study  of  the  modal  auxiliaries,  various 
classes  of  pronouns,  word  order;  separable  and  insepa- 
rable verbs ;  comparison ;  dates ;  infinitive  mood. 

Practice:  Translation  of  exercises.  Translation  into 
German  of  easy  variations  upon  the  matter  read. 

Reading:  Simple  stories,  200  pages. 

47 


FRENCH 

French  I — Grammar:  Pronunciation;  the  rudiments 
of  grammar,  plural  of  nouns;  inflection  of  adjectives,  pro- 
nouns, participles,  easy  exercises  for  translation.  The 
conjugations;  regular  and  a  few  irregular  verbs;  elemen- 
tary rules  of  syntax. 

Practice:  Easy  exercises,  designed  not  only  to  fix  in 
the  memory  the  forms  and  principles  of  grammar,  but 
also  to  cultivate  readiness  in  the  reproduction  of  natural 
forms  of  expression. 

French  II — Grammar:  Continued  drill  on  the  rudi- 
ments of  grammar;  extensive  work  in  syntax;  mastery 
of  the  forms  and  uses  of  the  pronouns,  the  pronominal 
adjectives,  of  all  but  the  rare  irregular  forms  of  verbs, 
and  of  the  simpler  uses  of  the  conditional  and  the  sub- 
junctive moods.  Complete  treatment  of  irregular  verbs 
subjunctive  and  infinitive;  special  verb  idioms. 

Practice :  Translation  in  class.  Writing  from  dictation. 
Reading  from  easy  modern  prose  in  the  form  of  stories 
or  short  historical  sketches. 

Selected  books  for  reading  and  study. 


ALGEBRA 

Math  I — Elementary :  Definitions  and  notations ;  addi- 
tion and  subtraction;  multiplication  and  division;  simple 
equations,  special  rules  for  multiplication  and  division; 
factors ;  fractions ;  fractional  equations ;  simultaneous 
equations. 

Math  II — Involution  and  evolution;  theory  of  expo- 
nents ;  radical  expressions ;  simple  quadratic  equations ; 
quadratic  simultaneous  equations;  ratio;  proportion; 
problems  involving  quadratic  equations;  imaginaries; 
negatives  and  fractional  exponents ;  evolution ;  solution  of 
quadratic  equations  by  factoring  and  formula. 


GEOMETRY 

Math  III — Terms  employed;  definitions;  axioms;  the 
straight,  oblique  and  parallel  lines;  triangles;  quadrilat- 

48 


erals ;  polygons ;  the  circle ;  the  theory  of  limits ;  measure 
of  angles ;  theory  of  proportion ;  problems  of  construction ; 
exercises. 

Simple  polygons ;  numerical  properties  of  figures ; 
problems ;  exercises ;  areas  of  polygons ;  comparison  of 
polygons;  problems  of  construction;  exercises;  regular 
polygons  and  circles,  maxima  and  minima;  construction. 

GENERAL  SCIENCE 

Science  I — General  Science.  A  brief  survey  of  Astron- 
omy, Biology,  Chemistry,  and  Physics,  with  the  purpose 
of  acquainting  the  student  with  the  elementary  essentials 
necessary  for  a  reading  knowledge  in  these  fields. 

BIOLOGY 

Science  III — General  principles  and  concepts  of  Zool- 
ogy, Life  functions ;  Composition  of  living  things ;  Careful 
study  of  type-forms,  illustrating  the  more  important 
modifications  of  structures  and  adaptation;  Classifica- 
tions ;  Human  Physiology ;  Interrelation  of  Living  Things. 

CHEMISTRY 

Science  IV — Descriptive  Chemistry.  Substances  and 
properties;  chemical  change;  air  and  its  components; 
oxygen ;  measurement  of  gases ;  hydrogen ;  water ;  chem- 
ical units  of  weight ;  formulae  and  equations ;  solutions ; 
hydrochloric  acid ;  chlorine  and  sodium  hydroxide ;  acids, 
bases,  and  salts;  carbon;  thermochemistry;  nitrogen; 
ammonium. 

Sulphur  and  its  compounds;  oxidizing  substances; 
nitric  acid;  the  halogen  family;  phosphorus,  arsenic, 
antimony,  bismuth,  silicon  and  boron;  compounds  of 
sodium  and  potassium;  the  recognition  of  substances; 
fats,  soaps  and  related  compounds;  explosives  and  plas- 
tics ;  some  metallic  elements. 

49 


SPECIAL  AND  CULTURAL  COURSES 

MUSIC 

The  music  courses  are  arranged  to  satisfy  the  needs 
of  two  types  of  students — those  intending  to  prepare  for 
the  diploma,  using  music  as  a  major,  and  those  who  wish 
to  gain  a  musical  knowledge  and  appreciation  merely  as  a 
part  of  a  liberal  education. 

Applied  music  comprises  lessons  in  Voice,  Piano,  and 
Organ. 

A  minimum  of  six  house  of  practice  per  week  is  re- 
quired of  all  students  taking  music. 

Theory  of  Music,  History  of  Music,  and  Music  Appre- 
ciation are  offered. 

A  Glee  Club  is  maintained  under  the  supervision  of 
a  competent  and  experienced  director. 

ART 

The  chief  aim  of  this  department  is  to  impart  practical 
knowledge  of  form,  color,  and  design,  thereby  developing 
the  student's  power  of  observation  and  training  her 
aesthetic  sense  to  a  just  appreciation  of  art. 

Instruction  is  given  in  elementary  design,  light, 
shadow,  color,  spacing,  proportion,  subordination,  rhythm. 
This  is  followed  by  work  in  still  life,  creative  art,  poster 
design,  lettering,  pen  and  ink  technique,  charcoal,  water 
color  and  oils. 

SPEECH  AND  DRAMATICS 

This  department  is  an  excellent  training  ground  for 
emotional  control,  body  gracefulness,  expressiveness  of 
speech  and  artistic  appreciation.  Those  who  wish  to  im- 
prove themselves  along  these  lines  and  who  show  ability 
will  be  given  opportunity  and  encouragement.  All  candi- 
dates are  tested  during  the  second  week  of  school.  A  full 
play  program  is  presented  during  the  year. 

50 


BELMONT  ABBEY 
COLLEGE 


A  Standard  Four-Year  Liberal  Arts  College  For  Young  Men 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE  BENEDICTINE  MONKS 
BELMONT,  N.  C. 


(One  mile  from  Sacred  Heart  College  and  Academy) 


51 


BELMONT  ABBEY 
PREPARATORY  SCHOOL 


A  Boarding  and  Day  School  for  Boys  of  High  School  Age 
(9th  through  12th  grades) 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE   BENEDICTINE   MONKS 
BELMONT,  N.  C. 


(One  mile  from  Sacred  Heart  College  and  Academy) 


52 


ST.  LEO'S 
MILITARY  SCHOOL 


A  Boarding  School  for  Young  Boys 
(1st  through  8th  grades) 


CONDUCTED  BY  THE  SISTERS  OF  MERCY 
BELMONT,  N.  C. 


(l/4th  of  a  mile  from  Sacred  Heart  College  and  Academy) 


53 


